Methuen's Colonial Library

-I-

SERIES OF COPYRIGHT BOOKS BY EMINENT AND POPULAR AUTHORS, PUBLISHED AS FAR AS POSSIBLE SIMULTANEOUSLY WITH THEY ARE OF VERY HANDSOME THEIR APPEARANCE IN ENGLAND. APPEARANCE, BEING PRINTED ON ANTIQUE PAPER AND BOUND TASTElu naiuortu ntnca /lo // nin-rii TO TWO
A

MARGERY OF QUETHER.

JACQUETTA. By S. Baring

By S. Baring Gould. Gould. BLADYS OF THE STEWPONEY. By S. Baring Gould. DOMITIA. By S. Baring Gould.

Illustrated

AUSTIN. By W. E. Norris. HIS GRACE. By W. E. Norris. THE DESPOTIC LADY. By W. E. Norris. A DEPLORABLE AFFAIR. By W. E. Norris. CLARISSA FURIOSA. By W. E. Norris.

MATTHEW

PEQQY OP THE BART0N5. PIERRE AND HIS PEOPLE.

MRS. FALCHION.

By B. M. Croker. By Gilbert Parker.

By Gilbbrt Parker.

^FICTION continued
THE TRAIL OP THE SWORD. By Gilbert Parker. Illustrated. WHEN VALMOND CAME TO PONTIAC. By Gilbert Parker. AN ADVENTURER OF THE NORTH. By Gilbert Parker. THE SEATS OF THE MIGHTY. By Gilbert Parker. Illustrated. THE POMP OF THE LAVILETTE5. By Gilbert Parker. THE BATTLE OF THE STRONG. By Gilbert Parker. TALES OF MEAN STREETS. By Arthur Morrison. A CHILD OF THE JAGO. By Arthur Morrison. A CREEL OF IRISH STORIES. By Jaj^e Barlow. FROM THE EAST UNTO THE WEST. By Jane Barlow.
OALLIA.

By Menie Muriel Dowie, Author of 'A Girl in the Karpathians.' THE CROOK OF THE BOUGH. By Menie Muriel Dowie. SIR ROBERT'S FORTUNE. By Mrs. Oliphant. THE TWO MARYS. By Mrs. Oliphant. THE LADY'S WALK. By Mrs. Oliphant. MAELCHO. A Historical Romance. By the Hon. Emily Lawless. TRAITS AND CONFIDENCES. By the Hon. Emily Lawless. THE MOVING FINGER. By Mary Gaunt. KIRKHAM'S FIND. By Mary Gaunt. DEADMAN'S. By Mary Gaunt. A FLASH OF SUMMER. By Mrs. W. K. Clifford, Author of 'Aunt Anne.* A VOYAGE OF CONSOLATION. By Sara J. Duncan. Illustrated. THE QUEENSBERRY CUP. By Clive Philipps Wolley. THE KING OF ANDAMAN. By J. Maclaren Cobban. WILT THOU HAVE THIS WOMAN? By J. Maclaren Cobban. THE ANGEL OF THE COVENANT. By J. Maclaren Cobban. AN ELECTRIC SPARK. By G. Manville Fenn. THE STOLEN BACILLUS. By H. G. Wells. THE PLATTNER STORY. By H. G. Wells. MY DANISH SWEETHEART. By W. Clark Russell. Illustrated. SECRETARY TO BAYNE, M.P. By W. Pett Ridge. THREE WOMEN AND MR. FRANK CARDWELL. By W. Pett Ridgb. BYEWAYS. By Roberts Hichens. DODO. A Detail of the Day. By E. F. Benson. THE VINTAGE. By E F. Benson. Illustrated. THE KLOOF BRIDE. By Ernest Glanville. Illustrated. IN THE MIDST OF ALARMS. By Robert Barr. THE MUTABLE MANY. By Robert Barr. THE COUNTESS TEKLA. By Robert Barr. THE KEEPERS OF THE PEOPLE. By Edgar Jepson. VAUSSORE. By Francis Brune. THE GREEN GRAVES OF BALGOWRIE. By Jane H. Findlater. A DAUGHTER OF STRIFE. By Jane H. Findlater. OVER THE HILLS. By Mary Findlater. DOCTOR CONGALTON'S LEGACY. By Henry Johnston. IN THE DAY OF ADVERSITY. By J. Bloundelle-Burton. DENOUNCED. By J. Bloundelle-Burton. THE CLASH OF ARMS. By J. Bloundelle-Burton. ACROSS THE SALT SEAS. By J. Bloundelle-Burton. SUCCESSORS TO THE TITLE. By L. B. Walford. A HOME IN INVERESK. By T. L. Paton. THE DAUGHTER OF ALOUETTE. By Mary A. Owen. A BUSINESS IN GREAT WATERS. By Julian Corbett.
[For remainder of List, see end of Volutne.

Digitized by tine Internet Arciiive

in

2007 with funding from

IVIicrosoft

Corporation

http://www.archive.org/details/frontiercampaignOOdunmrich

&tthxxm'e Colonial ^tbrstg.

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN

'

\f
1^:

y
^^"T?

MAJOR GENERAL SIR BIPJDOM BLOOD,

K.C.B.

FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
A NARRATIVE OF THE OPERATIONS OF THE MALAKAND AND BUNER
FIELD FORCES,
1897- 1898

BY

THE VISCOUNT FINCASTLE,

LIEUTENANT, i6tH (qUEEN's) LANCERS

V.C. eoyJ

^ B/j-

AND
P.

C.

ELIOTT-LOCKHART
"

LIEUTENANT, " QUEEN'S OWN

CORPS OF GUIDES

WITH A MAP AND SIXTEEN ILLUSTRATIONS

SECdND

^EDlTI-i)]^

METHUEN &
36

CO.
W.C.

ESSEX STREET, LONDON

1898
Colonial Library.

.-^-^
^J
J

PREFACE

HTHE
the

following pages are compiled, with

official

the aid of the

despatches, from
officers,

rough

diaries

of

two

who,

belonging to different brigades of the force,

were

fortunate

enough

between them to

witness the
ception

events described, with the exthat

of
deals

portion

of

Chapter XII.
under

which

with
Elles,

the

operations

Major-General

C.B.

For many of the

are

illustrations their

thanks

due to Major Biddulph,

Captain

19th

Bengal

Lancers,

Hewett,

Royal

West

Kent, and Lieutenant Dixon, i6th Lancers,

who by
which
of the

their

kind contributions have eninterest

deavoured to lend an
otherwise
part
is

to

a book

merely a plain record

taken

by the Malakand and

in the

Buner Field Forces

Campaign.

recent Frontier

252589

CONTENTS
CHAPTER
Causes of the Outbreak
-

PAGE
-

ii

CHAPTER
The Malakand

II

The

Mad Mullah News

OF a Gathering in the Swat Valley

Attack up the Buddhist Road

Meiklejohn's Sortie

Colonel
-

A V.C.
III

26

CHAPTER
Arrival
of

the

North Camp Severe Fighting in the Crater Camp Syed Ahmed Shah The Mullah Wounded His Reputed Miracles Arrival of Colonel Reid's Column -

Guides

Evacuation

of

40

CHAPTER

IV

Formation of Malakand Field Force An Arrival of Sir Unsuccessful Sortie Bindon Blood- Relief of Chakdara

54

CHAPTER V
Chakdara Fort Plucky Ride
Force
7
-

Its Garrison Siege Arrival of the Relieving

65

CONTENTS
CHAPTER VI

The Swat Valley

Landakai

March

to Upper Swat

PAGE

79

CHAPTER
MiNGAORA
Ruins
-

VII

^The Sacred Village of Saidu

Reconnaissance to Minglaor

Buddhist
loi

CHAPTER
OF the Panjkora Bridge

VIII

Expedition Against the Mohmands

Bajour

Night Attack on Second Brigade

CHAPTER
IX
Kila

Seizure March through

hi

Pursuit of the Enemy

ing Difficulties

Inayat

UP THE

Mamund Valley Severe

of Retirement

March
Fight-

123

CHAPTER X
General Jeffreys Benighted Village of BiLOT Heavy Thunderstorm Losses in THE Mountain Battery Punitive Opera-

tions

135

CHAPTER XI
Position of First Brigade at Nawagai

Hadda

Night General Wodehouse Wounded

Mullah^Two

The Attacks
-

147

CONTENTS
CHAPTER
XII
Arrival of General Elles Capture of the Through the Jarobi Bedmanai Pass The Hadda Mullah's Home Gorge Further Operations in the Burnt

9
PAGE

Mamund Valley

162

CHAPTER Xni
Attack on Agrah and Gat Arrival of Field Battery and Highland Light Infantry Skirmish at Badelai Rahim Shah-

171

Cessation of

CHAPTER XIV Hostilities A Durbar De-

parture TO the Salarzai Valley

connaissance TO Pashat
Tribes

Re Submission of

181

CHAPTER XV
Commissariat and Transport Arrangements Expedition into

Return
Invasion of

Utman Khel Country

-

to the Malakand

189

CHAPTER XVI
Buner
AND PiRSAi Close of the Campaign

Attack Passes Pir

on the Tangi Baba Zariat

-

201

CHAPTER
A
Retrospect

XVII
219

AND Customs

The Bunerwals Manners "Wesh"

-

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
PAGE

PORTRAIT OF SIR BiNDON BLOOD

Frontispiece

A FAKIR TO ENCOURAGE THEIR FRIENDS

-

28
-

46
55

CAVALRY RECONNAISSANCE FROM MALAKAND

PURSUIT BY GUIDES, CAVALRY, AND
I

ITH BENGAL
-

LANCERS IN THE RELIEF OF CHAKDARA

75

UPPER SWAT VALLEY

BUDDHIST STUPA SHANKARGHAR
-

90
-

IO9
112
1 23

KOH-I-MOHR, IN THE BAJOUR VALLEY

A SIKH ORDERLY

A MALIK IN THE MAMUND VALLEY

I42
1 64

SHINDANA PASS
SKETCH OF ATTACK ON AGRAH AND GAT
SNIPING THE CAMP AT NIGHT
PASHAT, SALARZAI VALLEY
-

174
1 84

187

THE TANGI
ACTION

PASS.

7TH

MOUNTAIN BATTERY

IN

207 217

PIR BABA ZIARAT

CHAPTER

CAUSES OF THE OUTBREAK

T^O
*

the

ordinary

observer

there

was

nothing in the aspect of the

political

horizon on the 26th of July 1897 that pre-

saged the storm of fanaticism which

in

few hours was to sweep down the

Valley and hurl
at
itself

Swat

against our garrisons

Malakand

and

Chakdara.

But

our

political

officers,

with their fingers on the

turbulent

pulse

of

these

tribesmen,

had

been aware, ever since the Chitral expedition of 1895, of

an under-current of
country
north

fanatical

agitation

in

the

of

the

Peshawar

district,

but as mutual jealousies

and
been
the

intertribal

dissensions

had

in

no way

laid aside, there

was nothing

to indicate

near approach of a combined rising of

II

12

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN

the tribesmen against the supreme Govern-

ment.
In searching for the causes which led up
to this outbreak,
it

is

necessary to briefly
affairs in

review the history and condition of

the

country
the
as

during

the

last

half-century,

when
Pope

celebrated

Akhund, or Frontier

he

has
rose

been styled by several

to

writers,

first

note.

To

this

man's
of
the
the

influence

the
tribes

extreme
of

fanaticism

Yuzafzai

Swat,

Buner,
in

and
a

surrounding

countries,

may

great

measure be

ascribed.

But the Akhund,

although spiritual leader in Swat, and therefore the

head of

all

religious

and

fanatical

movements, was an astute and

far-seeing

man, who, with the exception of the

b61a
tribes

Amthe

Campaign

in

1863,

prevented

under his influence from embroiling

the
British

themselves with
In that year,
force,
it

Government.

will

be remembered, a British
the

on

its

way through
colony
of

Amb61a Pass
fanatics,

to

chastise a

Wahabi

commonly known

as the Hindustani fanatics,

CAUSES OF THE OUTBREAK

living to

13
itself

the east of Buner,

found

confronted by a strong force consisting of

these

same

fanatics

and most of the fighting

strength of Buner.

Owing
of

to great pressure

being brought to bear on him, the

Akhund
to

brought

contingent
the

tribesmen from
districts

Swat
join

and
this

neighbouring
After

gathering.

very

severe

fighting,

the

tribesmen were defeated and

a treaty was

made

between

the
in

British

Government and the Swatis,

which the

former undertook not to annex Swat, and

the tribesmen to abstain from molesting our
subjects
territory.

or

committing

raids

in

British

With a few

small exceptions, this

treaty has been loyally adhered to

by the

Swatis for thirty-two years, and the Govern-

ment has abstained from any

in the country.

interference

In

April

1895,

however,
Sir

it

became
Low's

necessary to despatch
force through

Robert

Lower Swat
entered

to save the hard-

pressed garrison of Chitral, and the Govern-

ment

of

India

into

negotiations

14

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
Swatis,

with the

explaining the object of

the despatch of troops through their country,

which was the shortest and most expeditious

route to follow.
to

proclamation was sent

that,
if

the

tribesmen stating

they abtheir

stained

from

opposing

our

troops,

country would not be annexed or interfered

with,

and

their property

would be

carefully

protected from damage.

This would not seem a very unreasonable

request;

but

the

presence

in

Swat

of

numerous

fanatical Mullahs,

who
the

are every-

where violently
the
fanatical

hostile to

the British, and

character

of

tribesmen

themselves, imbued with their innate love

of

independence

and

suspicion

of

our

motives,

made

the fulfilment of a peaceable

march through the country impossible, and

the opposition
at the

Malakand Pass and

After Chitral had

subsequent actions at the Swat and Panjkora

rivers

were the
relieved,

result.

been

Lord Rosebery's Government

came

to the conclusion that the strategical

importance of Chitral as a post of observa-

CAUSES OF THE OUTBREAK

tion near the passes over the

15

Hindu Kush
and
of

range
the

in the

event of further progression by

Russians

had

been
for

exaggerated,
the

orders

were issued

withdrawal

the troops to British territory.

Before this

was

effected,

however, there was a change

of Government, which resulted in a reversal of this decision, Chitral being retained, with

a road through Swat and the

territory

Khan

of Dir s

as

a link with India:

this

road

having been completed before the 20th June

1895,

on

which

date
to

the

orders

of the
Chitral

Liberal

Government

evacuate

reached Sir Robert Low.

It

does not come within the scope of this

to discuss the

work

arguments

for or against

the retention of a distant post like Chitral,

which can only be kept

in

communication

with India by a road running through a belt

of

mountainous
fanatical

country,

peopled

by

the

most

tribesmen
as,

on

the

Indian

frontier.

But

for

many

reasons,
to

Lord
retain

Salisbury's
Chitral,
it

Government decided

was incumbent on the Govern-

i6

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
of
India,

ment

especially

as

they

had

unanimously advised that course, to make

the most suitable arrangements possible for

the maintenance

of a road

to

connect

it

with British territory.

At
to

that time the only

means of getting

Chitral lay

by two routes from Rawal

Pindi, both of

them traversing high passes

bleak

through
country.

most

and

mountainous

Troops could

either be sent from

Rawal Pindi via Srinagar and the

Abbottabad,
of 481

Gllgit

road, a total distance of 647 miles, to Chitral

or via
distance

Chllas

and

Gilgit,

miles.

The

route

which

was now decided

on,

while avoiding

many

of the difficulties of the former roads, was

also far shorter, the distance from our border
in

the Peshawar District to

Chitral
to

being
this

only

160

miles.

In

order

keep

road open for the passage of troops moving

in
relief,

the

Government purchased
the

suffi-

cient land to build our military posts

on the
bridge

Malakand Pass and

to

protect

over the Swat river at Chakdara, and sub-

CAUSES OF THE OUTBREAK

sidised the

17

Khan

of Dir to protect and keep

his territory,

open the road through

which

was soon

largely

used
left

by

traders.

The

Khan

of Dir * was

to

govern his

territory

after his

own methods,
;

without interference

from us

and,

with the exception of the

personal influence of the political authorities

to put an
to

end

to factional fights calculated

endanger

the

safety

of the
left

road,

the

tribesmen of Swat were

the country through their

to administer
tribal council.

own

Ever

since 1895

and the opening of the

Malakand cart-road there has been a great

impetus to trade in Bajour, Dir and Swat,
but the influence
of

growing

industry

has not yet been sufficient to appreciably

lessen the tribal jealousies which
ally

periodic;

break
the

out

into

open

hostilities

and

lately

Nawab

of

Dir, finding
his

the in-

fluence
subjects

exerted
for

over

own immediate
by
his

disaffection

the

fanatical

party in
rapidly

Upper Swat on
becoming
* Lately

border was
matter,

serious
a

pro-

made

Nawab.

i8

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
to

ceeded

Upper

Swat

to

assert

his

authority.

This move of the

Nawab was
in

a severe check to the fanatical party, and

their

chances
the

of

raising road,

trouble

Dir,

on

Chitral

which

must
a

have

appeared
previously,

somewhat

promising

month

were dissipated.
however, were successful in
quarter.

Their

efforts,

quite

unexpected

The Mad

who had been discredited both in Buner and in Upper Swat, on his arrival at Thana, a village in Lower Swat, so worked
Fakir,

on the passions of the people that when he

proceeded down the valley they turned out
en masse, carrying away the inhabitants of

Aladand and other

villages with them,

and

on the same evening commenced

This
decided
all

hostilities.

move was a
parts

signal

for

people from

where fanaticism had

in

been preached to come down and join

the
attack,

and

in

the course

of

few
all

days representatives had arrived from

tribes

north of the

Peshawar

district

be-

tween the Indus and Kunar

rivers.

There

CAUSES OF THE OUTBREAK

meditation in the
first
is

19

appeared to be an entire absence of preattack on the Mala-

kand,

but there

little

doubt

that

the

news of the

fighting in the Tochi Valley,

fanatical dis-

on the top of the widespread

affection fostered

by the Mullahs, had put

the alert for an

the tribesmen on
tunity

opporto

of

which they

were

not

slow

avail themselves.

The

rising in

Swat was

quickly followed

by attacks on our posts

border,
in

on the
Pass,

Mohmand
all

the

Khyber
and the

and

along the border of the Kohat

district

up

to the

Kurram

Valley,

unrest reached
it

down

to Beluchistan,

where
prompt

was

only

suppressed

by

the

action

of the local authorities in arresting

the leading men.

For so many
a
vast

tribes scattered over such

extent

of

country
in

to

rise

almost
resign

simultaneously,
solid

and
in

most

cases

advantages
given

the

shape

of liberal
to

subsidies

them

by

Government
shows

ensure

their

good

behaviour,

the

extraordinary enthusiasm

aroused through-

20
out

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
the
country,
far

and

wide,

by
of

the the

stories

circulated

after

the looting

North Camp.
captured on

The Government
that

property
the

occasion

supported

wild rumours, which spread with marvellous

rapidity

throughout

the

tribes,

that

the

Malakand

had

been

captured

and

our

garrison massacred.

Another
firmly

belief that

the

tribesmen were
that

embued

with,

was

the

Amir

would support them, and there were many

factors that lent colour to this supposition in

the eyes of the people,

titles

among them being the

in

which Abdur Rahman,

endeavouring

to pose as the

head of the Mohammedans of

the East, had lately assumed, such as "

of Islam
"

King

and

" Light of the Faith."

He

had

also

published

pamphlets

on

religion

which were decidedly of a nature to foment

trouble and disturbances
tical race.

among such a

fana-

One
on the

of these pamphlets, written

some ten years

incident,
*

ago, shortly after the Penjdeh

spiritual

advantages of a

Jehad

"

or crusade against the infidel, has

CAUSES OF THE OUTBREAK

lately

21

been widely circulated both

in

Afghan-

istan

and among the

tribes

on our
it

frontier.

This pamphlet, signed as

was by the
for

Amir
that
little

himself,

was quite

enough

the

Mullahs to impress the people with the idea

he would help them, although there

doubt that the Amir originally wrote

is
it

to clear himself of the imputation put

upon

him by the
infidel
;

Mullahs of being himself an

it

and

expatiates on the advantages

to a

Mohammedan
in

of waging war against

infidels

general,

and not against us

in

particular.

The

state of the feeling of the population

last

both of India and Afghanistan for the

few years

may be

described as one of in-

tense religious excitement and

enthusiasm.

In India both Hindus and

Mohammedans
and
it

have been affected by

regretted that the

it,

is

to

be

numerous band of semimalcontents

educated

political

have seized

on

it

to redouble their tirades in the native

papers against the Government, and represent

every

action

of the

authorities

as

22

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN

directed against the interests and liberties,

religious or otherwise, of the ignorant population.

Under an

exceptionally pure and

it

unselfish

administration,

would

appear

strange that there should exist such a large

body of
only

disaffected

individuals,
that,

and

it

is

when we remember
up
into

before

we
was

became paramount
split

in India the country

states,

numerous

which

for the

most part disappeared as we advanced, and

as the

map
it)

of India (as Ranjit Singh dered,

scribed

became

that

it

will

appear

natural that

some of the descendants of the

submerged
states should bear

rulers of these

us

ill-will.

notable instance of this was

shown during the Mutiny by the Nana Sahib,

a descendant of the Peshwa of Poona
;

and

other instances could be given, but they only

account for a very small part of the discontented class.

of a noisy
imperfectly
institutions,

The remainder consist partly body of men who have been

educated
in

the

Government
to obtain

and who have

failed

service

under

Government, and partly of

CAUSES OF THE OUTBREAK

religious

23
the

enthusiasts

and members
secret
societies,

of

many
native

religious

and
an

whose

discontent

finds

opening through the

since

Press,

which,

the

repeal

of

Lord Lytton's Press Act, has been allowed

absolute freedom.

Among

the

many

factors in

India which

tend to sedition and intrigue, education,

in

bringing the priesthood of the country into

opposition
privileges,

to

a progress which usurps

its

may

be said to play at

least

minor

part.

Both Brahmins and Mullahs

recognise that secular education in Govern-

ment and Missionary Schools

a generation of free thinkers,

is

tending to

break down old superstitions and to produce

who

will

no

longer be content to remain under the yoke

of the priests.

Moreover, education, which has advanced

with giant strides of late years, has, with the
learning to read and write, caused a corre-

sponding amount of interest to be taken

the affairs of the world, and the
success of the

in

news of the
in the

Turks over the Greeks

24
late

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
war has undoubtedly had
its

effect

on

Mohammedan feeling among the populace in India. The unemployed loafer, who
twenty years ago might have listened
to

the seditious preaching of a stump orator,

now

hears the latest news from Thessaly

or the

Soudan

being read out

from the

papers, framed with

the embellishments of

disloyal

editor.
is

Any

success

of

the

Turks or Arabs
the
Faith,

hailed as

a success of

and there has been a general

idea in

India lately that England, instead

of being a firm ally of the Turks, as she

undoubtedly was

in

the Crimean war, has

joined the other Christian Powers in their

desire to crush

Turkey and deprive her of

newspapers of Indian
to the hills of the

her conquests in Greece.

From
cities

the disloyal

and

their readers
is

North- West Frontier

travels

no

far

cry.

News
India,

with

marvellous

rapidity

in

and with so many malcontents ready

to stir

up and foment trouble against the

British

Government, and the whole of the Afghan

CAUSES OF THE OUTBREAK

tribes

25

on our border seething with

it

fanati-

cism,
tide

is

not

surprising

that

the

rising

should find an outlet at our weakest

point;
priest
-

where
ridden

the
to

people,

ignorant

and
are,

an

amazing degree,

through the medium of their Mullahs, an

ever-ready instrument
trigue
to

the hand of in-

and

sedition.

CHAPTER
THE

II

THE MAD MULLAH NEWS OF A GATHERING IN THE SWAT VALLEY ^ATTACK UP THE BUDDHIST ROAD COLONEL MEIKLEJOHN's SORTIE A V.C.

MALAKAND

TN
the

the year 1895, in accordance with the

policy
to

be pursued in keeping open

India

road

between

and

Chitral,

Strong post was

established on the

Mala-

kand Pass.
of
the

At

the

time of the outbreak

fanatical
it

rising
is

which

led

to

the

events which
this

proposed to describe in
pass
of

volume,

the

was

held

by

a
of

brigade
native
artillery,

consisting
infantry,

three

regiments
of

battery

mountain

a squadron of native cavalry, and

company of sappers

and

miners

the

entire force

being under the

command

of

Colonel Meiklejohn, C.B., C.M.G.

; :

THE MALAKAND
The Malakand
from
nected
after
is

27
miles

some

thirty-two
it

Mardan, with which place

is

con-

by

metalled
of

road
1895.

constructed

the campaign

This road
the

runs

down
Valley,

through
crossing

part

of

Lower
river

Swat

the
fort

Swat
had
of

at

Chakdara,
structed

where
the

been
the

con-

for

defence

bridge.

The

position

occupied

by the Malakand
extended one
of the position

garrison

was a

somewhat
the
left

the north

camp on

being nearly three-quarters of a mile from

the Crater
fort,

Camp

in the centre. feet

strong

some nine hundred

eighteen

above the

Crater Camp, effectually holds the pass.

During the

months

that

had

elapsed since the occupation of the pass by

our troops,

life

at the

Malakand had flowed

a frontier post

in the ordinary channels of

leave

was given

to

officers

who

could be

spared from their duties, and the remainder

of the garrison occupied their leisure hours

with

polo

and

other

amusements.

The

26th of July opened with no more eventful

28

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
in

occurrences
routine
little

prospect than

the
;

ordinary
it

of

the preceding

months

was

suspected that the apparent calm was

to be so soon
is

and so rudely disturbed.

It

true that those

whose business

it

was

to

watch the inner workings of the surrounding tribes had been conscious of elements
of unrest.

Reports had been received by

Political

Major Deane, the

station,

Officer

of the

that a fanatical

Mullah had estab-

lished

himself

in

Upper Swat, and had

some
influence over

gradually been gaining

the inhabitants of the valley.

This Fakir,
as the

who

is

now commonly known

''Mad
His
first

Mullah," originally came from

Buner, and

had planted
success
in

his standard at Landakai.

attracting

a following

at

appeared doubtful, but on the 26th matters

suddenly assumed a more alarming and
quieting aspect.
dis-

The

information received

by the
that

Political

Officer

was

to

the

effect

the

Mullah was

advancing

through
follow-

Swat with an apparently increasing

ing.

He

was giving out

that he

had been

THE MALAKAND
inspired to preach a
**

29

Jehad

"

or

Holy War
derision

against

the

unbelievers,

and the

with which he was at

people was changed to

first

received by the

awe and admiration

when they saw him

enemy.

boldly pushing forward

with his meagre retinue against a powerful

With

great shrewdness, he affected

all

to be independent of

earthly assistance,
his sole reliance

and declared that he placed

in

the Heavenly Host,

his side.

who were

fighting

on

The

boldness of his advance soon fired

the latent fanaticism of the people, and by

the time he reached Thana,
village
religious

the principal

of

Lower

Swat,

the
all

wave
before

of
it.

enthusiasm

swept

Young men and

children,

old
to

women,

and

even
the

flocked

the

standard of

leader under

whose

direction they

were to

be conducted to victory, to gain rich loot

in
this

world

or

attain

Paradise in the
of

next.

On

the

receipt

the

news
and

of

the advance.

Colonel

Meiklejohn at once
cavalry
in-

summoned

the

guides,

30
fantry

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
from

Mardan
all

to

reinforce

the

brigade,

and

precautions

were

taken
officers

to repel the

impending attack.

The

commanding
and
all

the various corps were warned,

necessary dispositions were in pro-

gress,

when

at

p.m.

further

news was

received that the Fakir and his

army had
was then

already arrived at Aladand.

It

considered advisable that a force should be

detached to seize and hold the Amandara

defile

low " kotal

to

"

or pass

commanding
five

the

road

Chakdara,

about

miles

from the Malakand.

Orders were accord-

ingly issued for a small column to start at

midnight to

effect

this

purpose,

under the

command
while
to
it

of

Colonel

M'Rae, 45th Sikhs,

s intention

was Colonel Meiklejohn

move

out at daybreak with the remainder

of his brigade to disperse the enemy.

The

astonishing rapidity, however, of the move-

ments of the tribesmen, and the astounding manner in which their numbers grew,

rendered
possible.

these

intended

movements

im-

THE MALAKAND
At
9.45

31

a telegram was received from

effect

Chakdara, to the

that the tribesmen

were moving
valley,

in

large

bodies

down

the

evidently with the intention of at-

tacking the Malakand.

after its receipt, the wire

Almost immediately

was cut

at 10 p.m.
officer)

Jemadar

(or

non-commissioned

of the Local Levies

that the Fakir

came

in

with the news

village

had reached Khar, a

only three miles distant from the Malakand,

and that the

hills

to the east

were

at that

moment swarming
ing.

with

men
little

of his follow-

So

swiftly

had the course of events

time to turn

run that there was but

out and repel the attack.

The "alarm*
troops hastened

was

at once sounded.

The

to their posts,

and they had hardly occupied

first

these before the

shots rang out which

heralded

the

onslaught,

which

continued

night and day, with but slight intermission,

for the next five days.

The

first

attack of the

enemy came from

road,
in

the direction

of the Buddhist

which
^.t

was discovered by our troops

1895,

32

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
This road

the storming of the Malakand.

is
it

on the right flank of the camp, and, where

reaches the top of the pass, runs through

a narrow gorge.
Colonel

On

the alarm sounding.

M'Rae despatched Major

Taylor,

with a party of Sikhs, to secure this gorge,

following himself, almost immediately after-

wards, with a few reinforcements.

their accoutrements, the

Seizing

Sikhs dashed up, to

find

themselves only just in time, for had

the
ful

enemy penetrated
if

the gorge,

it is

doubt-

our

men

could

have withstood the

onslaught of the hordes of tribesmen that

would have poured on to our

was, the
fire

lines.

As

it

of our

men was
but

sufficient

to

check

them

temporarily;

the

enemy
of
at

soon scaled the rocks on either side of the

gorge, and rolled
stone,

down enormous masses

in

while

some poured

a hot

fire

close quarters which

rendered our position

untenable.

The remainder
yards in rear,

of the

45th Sikhs

now
fifty

arrived, and, taking

up a position some

Colonel

M'Rae

retired

on

THE MALAKAND
them, and held this position
spite of the great
all

33
night,
in

odds with which he had

to contend.

Before this

several

of the small

move took place, handful of men who

held the gorge had been killed and wounded,

among
ately.

the latter being Major Taylor, who,

shot through the body, died almost immedi-

Had
little

it

not been for the prompt action

the gallant behaviour

of Colonel
of his

M'Rae and

band, the upper portion of the

certainly

camp would have

massacre
of of

been

rushed,
in

and would probably have resulted

all

the

outside

the
in

fort.

The

advance

the

enemy

this

direction

was

now

effectually

checked,

as
fire

none of
of
the

them could brave the deadly

Sikhs,

who from time

make
greater

to

time raised the

to

old

Sikh war-cry,

whereby

intimidate

the

enemy and
to

them
force

believe

our
they

men

be

in

than

really were.

In the meantime,

a large body of the

tribesmen had advanced up the road from

Khar and attacked

c

the

Crater Camp,

in

34

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
5

which were No.

Company Madras Sappers

conflict

and Miners and the Field Engineer Park.

hand

to

hand

took place,

in

which

the

overwhelming numbers of the

piquets

enemy soon overpowered our

where they
escape and
loot.

and
lines,

overran the native bazaar within our

killed all

who were unable

to

obtained a certain amount of

of the

Some

enemy penetrated

into the

Commissariat godown, killing the Commissariat officer.

Honorary- Lieutenant Manley,

Harrington,

who,

with

Sergeant

occupied

a small
closure.

mud

hut in the centre of the en-

Sergeant

Harrington had a mar-

vellous escape from being killed as well as

his

companion

for

the

enemy, on entertried

ing the hut, cut

to oppose

down Manley, who

at the door,
in the

them

and then comdark

menced
for his

feeling

round the room

companion,

who heard one

of them

remark, "There ought to be two of them

in here."

Sergeant Harrington, being unstill,

armed, stood perfectly

the

and owing

to
loot

darkness and

their

eagerness to

THE MALAKAND
the

35
enemy-

remainder of the

bazaar,
left

the

failed to find

him and

the hut.

Events had now taken

turn.

very serious

The

Crater

Camp was

surrounded
tents

by tribesmen, who, under cover of the

and bazaar
huts,

were able

to creep

up and

charge our defences, which were manned by

the
close

Sappers and 24th Punjab Infantry, at

quarters.

Within the
Meiklejohn

Sappers'

enstaff

closure

Colonel

and

his

stood with a

company of the
ready to

24th,

under

Lieutenant Climo,

reinforce

any

part of our line of defence that should be

hard pressed
sheltered

while a place more or less

from the
for our
fairly

enemy's

fire

was now
this

marked out
time,

wounded, who, by

were

numerous.

Among
first

the
to

officers,

Major
out
in

Herbert was the

this
leg,

be
shot

laid

spot,

having
bullet

been
first

through

the

the

passing through Colonel Meiklejohn's gaiter.

Colonel Lamb, while stooping to

up, received a dangerous
thigh,

lift

Herbert
the

wound through

from which he eventually succumbed;

; ;

Z6

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
wounded from

and Lieutenant Watling of the Sappers was

shortly afterwards brought in

the quarter-guard,

which he reported had

been rushed and captured by the enemy.

On
was

receipt

of

this

bad

news a party by

hastily collected

together, and, led

Colonel Meiklejohn in person, an attempt

was
thirty

made

to

retake

the

post.

About

yards from the quarter-guard, how-

ever,

a number of the enemy were found a

cook-house,

holding

and

in

the

hand-

to-hand

struggle

which

ensued

Colonel

Meiklejohn s small party was forced back

some ten
until

yards,

where a stand was made

In

reinforcements could be obtained.

this

melde

several

casualties

occurred

Colonel

Meiklejohn received

sword-cut
for

on the neck, which,

fortunately

him,

had

in the confusion

of the struggle

been

delivered with the back of the sword, and

resulted
in

nothing worse

than a bruise

while
the

Captain

Holland was shot

bullet

through

back, the

entering and
the spine,

coming
then

out on one side

of

and

THE MALAKAND
doing likewise on the other
four holes in
its

37

side,

making
carried
after-

course.

He

was

back to the enclosure by Climo, who

wards returned with ten or twelve men to

Colonel Meiklejohns assistance.
inforced,

Thus

re-

the party were able to reach the

quarter-guard, the

enemy being driven out

at the point of the bayonet.

All that night our garrison were employed

in

repelling the
force

tribesmen

who
the

tried

hard
of

to

an entrance, and

sounds

distant firing

and the glare of

of the

star shell in

the

direction

North

Camp

plainly

showed
there.

that

an attack was also going on

Shortly before
serenais,

dawn

the sounds of

drums and
is

which

latter

instrument

something similar to the bagpipes, were

heard on the road leading from the valley,

which showed that the enemy were being

reinforced
therefore

by fresh bodies of men.

It

was

decided to obtain reinforcements

fort,

from
Crater

the

as

the

men

holding
all

the

Camp had
still

been fighting

night,

and were

hard pressed.

38

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
Lieutenant Rawlins, 24th Punjab Infantry,
off

was accordingly sent

to bring

with three sepoys

back some further troops.

of the

With
route a

so

many

enemy

about,

it

was by no

means a pleasant journey, and en

Ghazi,
in

who had crawled along unperceived

darkness,

the

jumped up

close

to

him

and

tried to cut

him down, but the prompt

of

discharge

of a couple

revolver bullets

anticipated his intentions,

and Rawlins
without

ac-

complished
adventures.
It

his

mission

further

would be strange indeed

fighting, instances

if,

with so

much hard
arise

of individual

pluck and heroism should

;

not occasionally

and on

this night,

among

the

many

deeds of which

both

British

and Native

might well be proud, was one which was

shortly

afterwards

rewarded

by

well-

earned Victoria Cross.

A
up

company of the 24th Punjab

Infantry,

who had been

ordered to clear the ground

to the bazaar wall,

had shortly afterwards

the
inner enclosure.

been withdrawn into

THE MALAKAND
Owing
of the
to

39

the

darkness and the confusion

engagement,
left

havildar*

of

the

company was
his

behind, badly

wounded,
for

absence
hours,

not
until,

being noticed

about
firing

two

lull

in

the

occurring, his cries for help could be heard.

Lieutenant

Costello

of

this

regiment

at

once made a dash to the wounded man's

assistance,

followed

by two of

his sepoys,

and

in

spite of the

ground being at that

time overrun by the enemy, and moreover

swept by our own

fire,

succeeded in bringing
to the

him

in safely.

It

was only owing

small

darkness that

this

party were able

to carry out their desperate venture.

* Corresponds to
*'

sergeant."

CHAPTER
ARRIVAL OF

III

EVACUATION OF THE GUIDES NORTH CAMP SEVERE FIGHTING IN THE CRATER CAMP SYED AHMED SHAH THE MULLAH WOUNDED HIS REPUTED MIRARRIVAL OF COLONEL REID's ACLES COLUMN
next

T^HE

morning news was received

It

from the North Camp.

that they

appeared
parties

had been attacked by small

only of the enemy,

sultory fire
all

who had

kept up a de-

night without inflicting

much

damage,

the

tribesmen

having

evidently

concentrated their efforts on the attack of

the

South

Malakand

and

Crater
in
its

Camp,
isolated

although the
position,
tive.

North Camp,
a

offered

more

tempting

objec-

As soon

as there was sufficient light, and

40

ARRIVAL OF THE GUIDES

most of whom,

41

the bazaar had been cleared of the enemy,

it

was found, had

first

already-

decamped

after

having

massacred the
Colonel

bunniahs and native

shopkeepers,

Meiklejohn determined to push out in pursuit of the

enemy.

column, composed of

two battalions of

infantry,

a couple of guns,

and a squadron of cavalry was accordingly

ordered to proceed towards the
Pass.

Amandara

These troops had gone but a very

short distance

up the

valley before a large

gathering of the
ing up the road.
of the

enemy was seen advancMajor Gibbs,

was
it

in

command
that

column,
and,
as

at

once ordered to
evident
the

return,

was

North
all

Camp

could no longer be safely held,

the tents

and stores were ordered up

with the troops,

who were

directed to con-

centrate in the Crater

tents at the
for

Camp.

Many

of the

North

Camp were

too heavy

mule

transport, and, as

no camels were

available

and time was

short, the tents

had

unfortunately to be abandoned,
delight of the enemy, who,

much

to the

swarming round

42
the

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
retiring
force,

at

once

carried

off

as

many
the

of

the

tents

and as much of the

burning the remainder

baggage as

possible,

same evening.

All that day large bodies of the tribesmen,

with gaily-coloured standards, could be seen

in all directions

advancing over the

hills

to

reinforce their comrades, who,

by

this time,

occupied the heights, with their steep crags

and peaks, which surround the Malakand,

taking care, so long as daylight lasted, to

keep out of range of our mountain guns,

and
the

it

was

evident

that

the

attack

on
in

previous night would

force

be

repeated
one.
itself

greater

on the

coming

The
into

outbreak had

now

resolved

combined

rising of

most of the neighbour-

ing country.

The

retirement from the North

Camp

to

the Crater was completed in perfect order,

under cover of the

Infantry

fire

of the 24th Punjab

and

Guides

Cavalry,

the

latter

regiment having arrived from Mardan just

in time to take part in these operations,

and

ARRIVAL OF THE GUIDES

the last
of the

43

troops

reached the Crater

Camp
The

shortly before dark.

enemy

had

already

commenced
been

operations.

One

of our piquets had

rushed and overpowered by a large body

of
tribesmen,

who

held

the

post

until

Climo, with a couple of companies behind

him, turned them out at the point of the
bayonet,
killing

nine

of

them and
the

captur-

ing

standard.

Meanwhile
:

Guides

Infantry had

arrived

a welcome addition
received their
at

to the garrison.

They had
officers

orders the
at

while

the

were

mess

evening
1.45
A.M.,

before,

and, leaving
at

Mardan
at

arrived

the

Malakand

5.45 P.M., thus covering a distance of thirty-

two miles

in sixteen hours.
this

The conditions under which was made were most trying.

from

march
road
part

The

Mardan

is

for

the

greater

entirely

destitute

of

shade or water,

and

the last seven miles, being a steady climb

to

a height of some 2000

feet

above the
to

plain,

made

it

most

exhausting

the

44

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
who were marching
at the hottest

troops,

period of an Indian summer.

In spite of their fatigue, the
fit

men

arrived

and

full

of keenness for a fight, a desire

to

that

was soon

be

fully satisfied

for rest

or sleep

was a luxury which the garrison

for

were unable to experience

to come.

some time

The enemy began

**

their attack at

P.M.,

commencing with a vigorous

serai "

assault

on a small
at the

or fortified

enclosure,

N.E. corner of the Crater Camp.

This was held by twenty-five

men

of the

31st Punjab Infantry under a native officer,

Subadar Syed
small garrison

Ahmed
and
it

Shah.

He

and

his

made a most

gallant

and

obstinate defence,

was only when the

tribesmen

had

succeeded in cutting their

setting
fire

way through

the wall, and

to

the door, that they were forced to evacuate

it
;

which they accomplished by means of a which they

let

ladder, with

themselves

down

over the wall on the side nearest to camp,

to

which they

retired,

fighting

every yard

of the way,

hampered with

their

wounded,

ARRIVAL OF THE GUIDES

all

45
in.

of

whom
and

they succeeded in bringing

Out of
officer

this gallant little

band of one native

men,
nine

twenty -five

were

killed
officer.

and ten wounded, including the native

Some
place

severe

fighting
flank,

meanwhile

took

on the right

which was held

by piquets of the 45th Sikhs and Guides

Infantry.
five

One

piquet, consisting of twenty-

men from

each

of

these
at

regiments,

was so hard pressed that

one time the

enemy succeeded
to be

in

effecting

an entrance,

turned out again shortly afterwards

at the point of the bayonet.

Of

this piquet

alone

four

men were
same
left

killed

and seventeen

wounded.

Much
place

the

sort
flank,

of

fighting

took

on the

where,

during a
re-

sharp brush with the enemy,

Costello

ceived a severe wound, a bullet penetrating

his

back and coming out through the right

;

arm
It

despite this he continued to do duty.

was

veritable
to

pandemonium
let

that

would seem

have been

loose around

46
us.

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
Bands of Ghazis, worked up by
their

religious enthusiasm Into a frenzy of fanatical

excitement,

would charge

our

breast-

works again and again, leaving

in

their

dead
those

scores

after

each

repulse,

while

of their comrades

who were unarmed would

efforts

encourage

their

by shouting with

much
which

beating of tom-toms and other musical

instruments.

Amidst
around,

the

discordant

din
dis-

raged

we

could

even

tinguish

bugle-calls,

evidently sounded

by

some

soi'disant bugler of our

native army.

As he suddenly
of the
that
"officers'

collapsed

in

the

middle

mess

call,"

we concluded

a bullet had brought him to an un-

timely end.

At daybreak a
which
to

counter-attack was

made
enemy
by
a

effectually cleared the nearer heights

the

west

of

our
in

position,

the

being followed up

their

retreat

company of the
inflicted great loss

24th,

under Climo, who

on them.

This taught

the

tribesmen

a lesson,

causing

them

in

future to retire before

dawn

to the shelter

TO ENCOURAGE THEIR FRIENDS

ARRIVAL OF THE GUIDES

of the neighbouring
hills.

47
fire

desultory

was kept up

all

day from the tribesmen

on our troops who were busy strengthening

our
defences
serai,

and demolishing the bazaar

and
to

which

abandon.

now determined Trees were cut down to

it

was

strengthen the abattis, and a wire entangle-

ment

and

other

obstacles

were

placed

around the Crater Camp.

No
enemy

rest

was

to

be allowed to the hardas

worked

garrison,

towards

evening the

could
the

be seen swarming down the

attack,

hills to

while

the white, dusty

road leading up from the Swat Valley was

completely hidden by the dark, sombre-clad
figures of the Bunerwals, who, attracted

by

the wild rumours of a successful raid having

taken place on the North Camp, had

now

arrived to partake in the capture and loot

of the Malakand.

The
in

assault
in,

commenced

as soon as dark-

ness set

and the whole night was passed

it

hard fighting, the brunt of

31st

falling

on

the

Punjab Infantry.

This regiment

48

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
two
officers

had

wounded,
the

Lieutenants

Ford and

Swinley,

former of

whom
had

would undoubtedly have bled

it

to death

not been for Surgeon- Lieutenant

Hugo,

who

held the severed arteries together for

life.

several hours, thus saving his

The Guides Cavalry

officer

also nearly lost

an

on

this occasion

Lieutenant Maclean
killed

(who was afterwards

at

Landakai),

who had been

officers

sent to help the 31st Punjab

Infantry owing to their paucity of British

;

he was wounded

by a man who
breastwork and

had

crept

up under

the

discharged a pistol at him from a distance

of

about two yards.

face

The

bullet

entered
his

Maclean's
ear
:

and

came out under

a truly wonderful escape.

attack

Towards morning the

and the enemy again

died

away
hills,

retired into the

pursuing the same tactics as on the previous

day.

Some
left

portions
intact

of

the serai

which

had been
the

were now mined by

being to blow

Sappers,

the intention

them up

at night should the

enemy occupy

ARRIVAL OF THE GUIDES

them.
that they could be fired

49

These mines were so constructed

by a
friction

tube

connected with the camp by a long wire.

During
night

the

attack

which
proved

ensued
the

that

these

mines

greatest

success, for, the

enemy having

collected in

the serai preparatory to

making an

assault

on our

lines,

Lieutenant Robertson, R.E.,

the

who had
ing roar

laid

mines,

seized

on

the

opportunity and exploded one.

of

The

deafennoise

the

explosion and

the

made by

the

falling

rocks was succeeded

:

by an ominous

silence

not a sound could

is

be heard from the enemy, and there

little

doubt
shock,

that
if

they

received

considerable

nothing worse.
ceased at about 3 a.m., and
off
this

The
their

attack

daylight

showed us the enemy carrying

During
it

dead and wounded.

a good deal of

all

fighting,

hand-to-hand,
suffered

our

forces

had

necessarily

con-

siderable loss.

The number

of the officers
of

was being reduced day by day, some

the regiments being particularly unfortunate

50

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN

The 24th Punjab Infantrywas now commanded by Lieutenant Climo,

in this respect.

having already had

hors de combat.

three

officers
last

placed
assault
severely-

During the

by the enemy, Costello had been

wounded
tenant
the ankle.

for

the

second time,
R.A.,

and Lieuin

Wynter,

had been shot

Four days had now gone by

first

since the

attack

four days
fatigue

and nights of almost

continuous fighting, and the garrison were

worn out with

still

while the enemy,

daily increasing in spite of their

heavy
they

losses,

were

firmly

convinced

that

would eventually take the Malakand.

Dur-

ing the previous night they had attempted

to

make terms with

24th

the Afridi

company of
that

the

Punjab Infantry, proposing

they should come over to their side with

their rifles

and ammunition, and

loot

in

return

be given a share of the

position
fell

when

the

into their hands.

Our way

Afridis

sent a well-directed volley by

of reply,

and further negotiations ceased.

ARRIVAL OF THE GUIDES

This
day,

51

the

30th,

was

so

far

the

quietest the garrison

had experienced.
fully

The
in

enemy

were

doubtless

occupied

burying their dead, for their losses on the

previous night had probably exceeded any
that they

had hitherto undergone.

"

It

was

reported that the

Mad

Fakir,"

who had
Mullah,
killed.

personally led the attack, had been severely

wounded, while another

influential

who was

his chief support,

had been

Their Mullah being wounded evidently had

a disheartening
although
assault
effect

on the tribesmen,
as
far
It

for,

they

attacked

usual,
less

their

was delivered with

vigour

than on the previous night.

that

was stated
the

before

going Into battle

out
that

Mullah
our
inter-

had

given
into

he

would

turn

bullets

water,

thus

by divine

position rendering

them harmless; and the

extraordinary credulity and ignorance of the

people

is

well exemplified in

their implicit

belief in his assertions.

Amongst
he was

the

many

miracles with which

credited

was one which bears a

52

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
well-known Biblical
of
his

close resemblance to a
instance.

Every

man

following
as
is

brought him
the custom
this,

daily a handful of rice,

when

visiting a holy

man.

Of

the Mullah, with considerable acumen,

took advantage, stating that he would feed

his followers,

who numbered

several

thou-

sands,

out of the contents of a small jar

which

he kept outside his abode, and

never
occurred
to

it

apparently
that

the

people
their

they

were but

receiving

back

own

offerings.

Much

to our discomfort,

a severe dustin

storm broke over our camp

of the night
;

the middle

this

was followed by thunder

at the height of

and torrents of
the storm, the
Sikhs'
piquets,
loss.

rain, and,

enemy

tried to rush the

45th

being

repulsed,

however,
to

with great
in

We

had now

remain

our wet clothes until day broke and the

enemy had withdrawn.

The

next
of

day Colonel
the

Reid's

column,
38th

consisting

35th

Sikhs
fearful

and
march.

Dogras, arrived, after a

On

ARRIVAL OF THE GUIDES

receipt

53

of the

news of the attack on the

Malakand, Colonel Reid, who was then at

Rawal

Pindi,

had been ordered with these

to

two regiments
relief.

march

at

once

to

the

He
being

arrived at Dargai with the 38th

29th,

Dogras on the evening of the

the

men
sive

terribly

knocked up with the

heat, which,

even

at night,

was so oppresimpossible.

that

sleep

was

practically

The crowded
horses,

serai at

Dargai presented a
;

curious spectacle at

dawn

camels, cavalry

mules and bullocks mixed up with

of

bales

compressed

forage
stores.

and

every
35 th

variety of commissariat

The

Sikhs marched
30th,

into

Dargai

early

on the

many
arrival.

of

them so overcome by the

There was no
and the
and

heat that they succumbed immediately after

their
ice,

only
these
died,

water

available

was

lukewarm,
of

stalwart
lay

Sikhs,

nineteen
in

whom

scattered

about

every stage

of heat apoplexy.

CHAPTER
UNSUCCESSFUL SORTIE

IV

FORMATION OF MALAKAND FIELD FORCE

ARRIVAL

AN

OF SIR

BINDON BLOOD

RELIEF OF CHAKDARA

N TEWS

from the beleaguered garrison was

for in
all

meanwhile anxiously looked

parts of India, and, while the troops afore-

mentioned

were

being

sent

up

to

the

Malakand

as fast as possible,
relief

Government
force.

proceeded to organise a
time

No
the
:

was

lost.

On

the

30th

July

following order was officially published

"

The Governor-General

in Council sanc-

tions the despatch of a force, to be styled

the Malakand Field Force, for the purpose

of holding the Malakand and the adjacent

posts,

and operating against the neighbour-

ing tribes as

may

be required."
54

:^:>:v.^

i..*

-4

-^

THE RELIEF OF CHAKDARA

Brigadier
-

55

General

Sir

Bindon

Blood,*
of

K.C.B., was appointed to the

this

command

force,

being given

the

local

rank of
at

Major - General.

Receiving his orders

the

Agrah on the evening of

Sir

28th July,
started,

Bindon Blood immediately

and

took over
31st.

command

at

Nowshera on the
next
day,

At Mardan,
a

the

he

rein-

ceived

telegram from

headquarters

forming him that Chakdara Fort was hard

pressed

and running short of ammunition

and

supplies.

On
all

receipt of this

news he
the

pushed on with

speed, arriving at
ist

Malakand about noon on the

decided on making a

August.

This same day. Colonel Meiklejohn had

sortie,

for the

Mala-

kand

garrison,

having been reinforced

column,

by
a

Colonel
position

Reids
to

was

now

in

make a

counter-attack on the

enemy.
for

Orders

were

accordingly

issued

a reconnaissance to be made towards

Chakdara, grave apprehensions being enter* Sir

Bindon Blood served as Chief of the Staff

to

Major-General

Sir Robert

Low

in the Chitral

Campaign

of 1895.

56

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
fort,

tained for the safety of the small garrison of

that

from which no message had been

received since the 30th.

The Guides
Lancers,

Cavalry,

and

nth Bengal
Adams,
were
to

under
to

Colonel

ordered

push
about
pass

forward
five

if

possible
distant,

Amandara,
hold that
arrive.

miles

and

until

the

infantry
patrol,

should

But

the

advanced

under

Captain Baldwin, D.S.O., found the enemy

in such force
it

beyond the North

Camp

that

was

clearly impossible

to proceed

with-

out infantry to clear the way, the ground

being impracticable for cavalry to operate

over,

fact the

enemy soon
therefore

realised.

The
retire

cavalry

were

obliged

to

across the North

Camp,

closely followed

by
to
off.

numbers of the tribesmen,

who

tried

work round

their flanks

and cut them

In spite of the greater part of the ground

being covered with rocks and

intersected

by

ravines,

several

short
effect,

charges

were
the

made

with

great

owing
the

to

recklessness

with

which

tribesmen

THE RELIEF OF CHAKDARA

would
ground.
occasionally

57

advance

over
these
cut

open
charges

During
received

one
a

of

Baldwin
head,

severe

on

the

Colonel

Adams had
was

his

horse shot

dead under him, while Keyes, a subaltern

in

the

Guides,

slashed
in

across

the

back by a Ghazi,

who,

the excitement
cut

of the fight, fortunately delivered the

with the back instead of the edge of his

sword.
cavalry

An
to

order was
return
to

now
the

sent

to

the

Malakand, on

which they retired up a narrow road leading from the

North

Camp

to

the

Crater.
diffi-

This was
culty,

not
the

accomplished without
path,

as

up which the cavalry

file,

could

only proceed in single

the

was exfire

posed

whole

distance

to

the

of

the enemy, who, taking advantage of every

rock and stone, hovered round their flanks,

pouring

in

deadly
with

fire,

until

Major
Punjab

Ramsay
Infantry.

arrived

the

35th

On

turning them out of these

rocks this regiment killed twenty of them,

capturing two standards and three

rifles.


58
In

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
the
face

of

such strong

opposition
to

as this reconnaissance

had proved was

late in the

be met,

it

was now too

day to

attempt to push a force through to Chakdara.

Sir

Bindon
taken

Blood
over

had

meanwhile

arrived

and

command from

Colonel Meiklejohn, and he, having decided

that the small

garrison of Chakdara must

all

be relieved at
issued
start at

costs

the following day,

orders

for

a force to be ready to

daybreak.

In pursuance of this plan, a column under

Colonel (now Brigadier-General) Meiklejohn

was ordered

to bivouac

on the open space

"
;

known

as " Gretna

Green

to

advance the

next morning

down

the road towards Chak-

dara, while a force

under Colonel Goldney

hills

advanced up the

to

the

right,

and

turned the enemy's

flank.

This

scheme
complete

was afterwards carried out with

success.

The
400

relief force consisted of 24th

Rifles,

Punjab

Infantry,

under Major

Ramsay.

THE RELIEF OF CHAKDARA

400
200
Rifles, Rifles,

59

45 th Sikhs, under Colonel H. A. Sawyer.

Guides Infantry, under Lieutenant P. C,

Eliott Lockhart.
2 Squadrons,

Guides Cavalry,
G.

under
Smith,

Lieutenant

D.

2nd

Central India

The whole
under
Lieutenant- Colonel

Horse.
2 Squadrons,

nth

Bengal

Lancers, under Major S. B.

Adams.

Beatson.

4 Guns, No. 8 Bengal Mountain Battery, under Captain A. H. C. Birch, R.A.

50 Sappers, No.
5

Company Queen's Own Sappers

and Miners, under Lieutenant A. R. Winsloe,

R.E.
2 Sections Native Field Hospital, under Surgeon-

Captain H. F. Whitechurch, V.C, I.M.S.

Colonel Goldney's force consisted of 250

Rifles

of the

35th

Sikhs,

under

Colonel

Bradshaw, and 50 Rifles of the 38th Dogras, under Captain Stainforth.

His attack was

8

supported by two guns of No.

Bengal

Mountain Battery.

At 4.30
was ready

A.M.

Sir

Bindon Blood, having

ascertained that General Meiklejohn's force

to

move

off,

passed an order to

Colonel Goldney to advance, while he him-

6o
self

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
took up a position on Castle Rock
Hill,

whence he could superintend the operations

generally.

On

receipt of the General's order,

Colonel Goldney advanced silently towards

the enemy's position, who, taken unawares,

were
their

completely routed,

leaving

dead

on the

field.

many Owing to

of

the

success of this movement, the heights com-

manding the road leading

were now
in

into

the valley

our hands, and consequently

General Meiklejohn was enabled to march

without opposition
to

the junction

of the
out,

two

roads,

where the country, opening

enabled him to deploy his force and attack

the
It

enemy under
was
still

easier circumstances.
this

dark when

column

started,

every

man

with his bayonet fixed, and not

a sound was to be heard except the muffled

tramp of

feet

on the dusty road, and the

occasional clink of
harness.

some portion of a mule's

expected at every

The enemy was

the
road,
but,

turn

of

owing
right,

to

Colonel

Goldney's attack on the

tion

no opposi-

was met with

until the

lower valley was

THE RELIEF OF CHAKDARA

reached.

6i

Dawn was
fired

just breaking
into the

when a

few shots were

head of the

column

these were the enemy's scouts put

out to watch our movements, and, pushing

on,

we found

the

enemy had taken up a

main road
lead-

strong position close to where the road to

the North

Camp

joins the

down the valley. among the rocks and

ing

The enemy, from

crags of a low
hill,

immediately opened

fire

on our advanced

guard, on which General Meiklejohn,

who

was

at

the head

of

the

column,

ordered

some

of the Guides and 45th Sikhs to take

at

the position

the point of the

bayonet.
hill,

Our men
wild
yell,

at once charged

up the

the

Guides Afridi Company giving vent to a

which ought to have gone some
intimidating the enemy, who,

way towards

however, stuck to their position with the

utmost tenacity, fighting

bay,
until

like wild beasts at

they

were

bayoneted

among

the

boulders

and

rocks

where they had

made

their stand.

The remainder

of the

Guides,

together

62

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
Sikhs,

with the 35th and 45th

meanwhile

stormed some **sungars" or stone breast-

works on the rocky knolls

to the

left,

where

the enemy, with waving standards and yells

of abuse and derision, awaited our troops.

The

fight,

while

it

lasted,

was a stubborn
to at least

one, the

enemy being determined

;

delay the advance

their

but our men, pushing

way
in

pluckily

up

the

steep
step

slopes,
step,

slowly gained
and,
spite

the

heights

by

of the

hot

fire

opened

on

them from above

and the avalanches of

rocks and stones which poured

cliffs,

down

the

succeeded in routing the enemy out

of their stronghold, seventy or

more being

bayoneted or shot down before they could

escape.

On

this the

enemy

lost heart,

and
the

were soon to

be

seen streaming up

valley in every direction, afifording a splendid

opportunity to our cavalry, who, quick to

avail themselves of
it,

dashed

in

among

the

panic

stricken

tribesmen,

pursuing

them

without a check for over three miles, and

the

numerous

bodies

which

strewed

the

THE RELIEF OF CHAKDARA

route
tion

6^

bore witness to the splendid execu-

done by lance and sword.

Khar,

About three miles beyond

of the

some

enemy were found

out

to be holding the

village of Butkheyla, but these

were speedily

cleared

by the
defile

infantry,

and

at

the

Amandara

there

was

practically

no

opposition, only a few shots being fired at

our cavalry as they hurried through, eager

to

reach

Chakdara

Fort,

which,

in

the

distance, presented the appearance of being

on

fire,

so

thick

was the cloud of smoke

it,

which hung over

and from which

direc-

tion the rattle of musketry,

dull

varied by the
clearly

report

of the the

9-pounder gun,
gallant
little
it.

indicated

that

garrison

were having a hard time of

During the

six days'* fighting

which had

taken place at the Malakand, our casualties

were 173 of

all

ranks killed and wounded.

officers

This included 13 British

officers.

and 7 native

*26th July

to 1st August.


64

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
The
following are the
:

names of the

British

officers

KILLED
Major Taylor, 45th Sikhs.
Lieutenant Manley (Deputy Assistant Commissary).

WOUNDED
Lieutenant-Colonel
J.

Lamb, 24th Punjab

Infantry

(since died of his wounds).

Major L. Herbert, Deputy Assistant Adjutant-General.

Captain G. M. Baldwin, D.S.O., Guides Cavalry.

Captain H. F. Holland, 24th Punjab Infantry.

Lieutenant F. A. Wynter, Royal Artillery.
Lieutenant F. Lieutenant E.

W. W.

Watling, Royal Engineers.

Costello,

24th Punjab Infantry.

Lieutenant H. B. Ford, 31st Punjab Infantry.

Lieutenant H. L.
S.

Maclean, Guides Cavalry.

2nd Lieutenant C. V. Keyes, Guides Cavalry.

2nd Lieutenant G. D. Swinley, 31st Punjab

Infantry.

CHAPTER
CHAKDARA FORT
A
PLUCKY
ITS

V
SIEGE

GARRISON

RIDE

ARRIVAL

OF

THE

RELIEVING FORCE
T

the meantime the small fort at Chakdara

was undergoing a vigorous siege

hands of the enemy, who, on
26th (the

at the

Monday

the

same evening as they attacked

the Malakand) had sent a force of about a

thousand strong to invest this place.

garrison
at
this

The
two

time
Sikhs,

consisted

of

companies 45th
Rattray,

under
the

Lieutenant
fort,

who commanded
Wheatley
of
the

Lieu-

tenant

same regiment,

twenty sabres of the

Surgeon
Minchin

Captain
of

nth Bengal Lancers, Hugo and Lieutenant

25th

the

Punjab

Infantry.

Rattray having already been warned to be

in

readiness

for

an outbreak, which was

65

66

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
possible,
all

considered

though

not

probable,

had taken

precautions to safeguard the

bridge, which would naturally be the chief

point

of

attack

but

it

was not
playing

till

the
at

evening,

while

he

was

polo

Khar, that one of his

the
first

men brought him

the

intimation

of

rumoured

dis-

turbance.

This news was brought

in

by a

havildar,
rising,

who

reported that

the

tribes

were

and that some of them

whom

he had met

en route had taken from him his instruments

and
rode

money.
back to

Rattray and
the
fort

Minchin

both

through

gradually

increasing crowds of natives, who, strangely

enough, allowed these two

officers

to pass

unharmed through
few hours

their midst,

although a
en-

later these

same men were

gaged
on our

in

a desperate and fanatical assault

posts.
fire

At
lit

10.15 that night a

on a near

hill,

by one of the

friendly Dir levies,

warned

the garrison

of the

near approach of the

enemy, who attacked almost immediately on

CHAKDARA FORT
the

67

west

side

of

the

fort.

This
as,

was
being
to

followed

up by several
ladders,

rushes,

provided with

they attempted

gain an entrance into the inner enclosure,

but
in

each
A.M.

case

were

easily
off,

repulsed.

About 4
the

they drew

and occupied

heights which on the north-west side

the
interior

command
the
fort,

communications

of

and from the cover which these

rocks afforded them they attempted to pick

off the garrison.

The same morning Captain

port Officer, and

Baker, Trans-

forty sabres of the

nth
at

Bengal
arrived.

Lancers,

under
left

Captain
the
hills

Wright,

They had
and
though
of the
part

Malakand
which

dawn,
the

the

skirt

first

road were swarming

ordered a dash

with the
to

enemy, Wright
it,

be made for

and reached the open

casualties.

ground below with no

or so farther on the

mile

road ran through a

narrow

defile,

an impossible place to force

with the cavalry at his disposal, and any

attempt to penetrate would have meant the

68
loss

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
of the greater part of
It

his

men and
necessity,

horses.

was

matter

of

however, to get through to Chakdara, and

in

any

case, retreat to the

Malakand would
;

by

this

time

have

been impossible
could

so,

perceiving that he

not possibly get

for the
fully
river,

through the

defile,

he made

and before
his intention,

the

enemy had

realised

had got round the end of the

;

spur by a rocky goat track

and the enemy,

scrambling

down

the rocks in vast numbers

it

to intercept the squadron, as

filed

round

the end of the

hill,

were too

late to

do any

damage.
Half-way round the
hill

his

advance was
this

barred by a back water of the river;

he had to cross twice, swimming his horses.

Two

sowars were wounded here, and his

hospital assistant nearly

came

to

an untimely

end through
pony,

his being

mounted on a small
off
its

which was
After

swept
passing

legs

and
his

drowned.

Amandara
and
he

advance
straight

was
on
to

unopposed,

rode

Chakdara, where he was a

CHAKDARA FORT
welcome addition
garrison
to

69

the

not

over -strong
his
arrival,

of

this

place.

On

Wright took over command.

The whole
pelling

of this day

was spent

in re-

rushes of the enemy, who, having

destroyed the telegraph line and surrounded

the
fort,

had

made communication with

almost
still

the

Malakand

impossible.
able,

Fortu-

nately they were

under cover of
nine-pounder,
their

the
to

fire

of

the

Maxim and

convey food and water to

comrades

in the signal tower; but the time

approached

when even

this

was

to be stopped,

and the
all

small handful of men, cut off from

com-

munication with the

fort,

were shortly to

be

confronted by the grim alternative of

thirst,

death by starvation and

or at the

hands of a cruel and implacable enemy.

By

this

time the tribesmen, ever impres-

sionable

and

impulsive

as

children,

had

been worked up by the discordant din of

their

own tom-toms
frenzy,

to

the highest

pitch

of

fanatical

and occasionally from

crowd that swarmed

out

of

the

shifting

70
over
small

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
the
slopes

of

the

adjacent

hills,

body of wild-looking Ghazis, drunk

with anticipated success, would dash up to

the walls of the
that death which,
fort,

there

to

meet with

coming from the hands

of the

infidel,

qualified

them

for

an im-

mediate entrance into the joys of Paradise.

One
ing

of

Hugo s

bheesties,

who had deserted

ris-

from the hospital a few days before the

took place,
fort,

used

to

get

beneath the

walls of the
ness,

under cover of the darkat our

officers,

and shout abuse

evi-

dently taking great delight in enumerating

the tortures they would shortly undergo at
his hands.

During the
efforts

intervals of fighting, strenuous

efficient

were made to provide

head

cover from the incessant sniping which the

enemy were
attained

able to keep

up from the ad-

jacent heights, and the results which were

under

the

clever

expedients

of

Captain Baker must have been the means

of saving

many

lives.

During the next

few days

and

nights

CHAKDARA FORT
the

71
their
this

garrison
to

were unable
obtain

to

leave
for

posts or

any

rest,

by

time there were hardly enough

men

to de-

fend the parapets, some of them having been

placed on the bridge below to prevent the

enemy
do by

setting fire to

it,

which they

tried to

floating burning rafts

down

the stream

from the opposite bank.

few of our

men

on the bridge, however, kept the enemy from

approaching the river from that direction,

no

cover

fortunately

being

available

for

them.

There was now no communication with the

Malakand, from which direction could be
heard heavy
firing.

The enemy made

their

most vigorous attacks under cover of the

darkness,

when

the

Maxim and

nine-pounder

were practically

useless,

and on the evening

of the 29th they were seen approaching the

signal

tower, in largely increased numbers,

with ladders and bundles of grass.

These

bundles of dry grass they placed at the foot

of a shed or
**

lean-to "

composed of wood
propped up against

and

thatch, which, being

72

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
fort,

the side of the

to

they intended to set

;

fire

and thus burn the garrison out

but the

Sikhs,

by placing the muzzles of

this

their rifles
it

against

shed, succeeded in blowing

all

down, and thus rendered

futile.

their attempts
all

This tower was attacked

night

without success, and the next morning some

forty corpses

were counted outside

befell

it.

A
by

misfortune

now

the

Maxim, which
was

had hitherto been held

the
shot
tribesmen,
in

in great respect

that

the
;

foresight

away by a chance

bullet

but apparently

the temporary sight which was subsequently

rigged up enabled this gun to undergo the

remainder of the siege without much loss

of prestige.

On

the Friday a
till

lull

occurred, the

enemy
rest

not advancing

the evening.

This

was badly wanted

by the

garrison,

who
and
the

were worn out with fatigue and want of

sleep.

The
tower

next
sent
for

morning,

supplies

water were
signal

up
the

to

the

men
time,

in

last

as

the

enemy now held

the ground between

them

CHAKDARA FORT
and the
fort,

^^

occupying the Civil Hospital,

a building some way below the signal tower,

from where they were able to

plete impunity into

fire

with com-

the

outer enclosure of
bits

the

fort,

and several other

of ground
to

between our posts were found

afford

them cover from our

bullets.

The

hospital

they proceeded at once to loophole on the

side

facing

our

position.

The enemy's
greatly

strength

had by now been

while

augof

mented,

far

larger

proportion
;

them

were

armed with
the ridge

rifles

and

their

marksmen on

made
in

it

extremely
fort,
all

dangerous to move about

the

the most important interior communications

being swept by their

Matters,
it

fire.

indeed,
to

looked so serious, that

was decided
help
;

send an urgent appeal

to
it
**

for

but,

owing

the

danger and

difficulty of signalling,

was only possible

to send the

two words

Help us"
a

to the

Malakand.

To

accomplish this

sepoy

had

to

climb out of the port-hole of the

helio,

tower carrying a

with which he pro-

74

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
fire.

ceeded to send the message, being exposed

the whole time to the enemy's

The

small garrison in the signal tower were, at

the

same

time, sending
it

urgent signals for

to supply.

water, which

was impossible
morning the

The

following

enemy

at-

tacked at daybreak.

They came on
any
cost before

in the

most determined manner, evidently resolved

to take the fort at
it

could

be relieved, and
eight
to

as

they numbered from

their

ten

thousand,
fire

losses

under

the

heavy

from

our

guns

were

enormous.

Ladders and bundles of grass,

the latter to enable

them

to cross the wire

entanglements which surrounded

the

fort,

were carried by
Several of our
position

their storming parties.

men were

killed,

and the

was getting decidedly

critical

when

the cavalry of the relieving column appeared

over

the

ridge at

Amandara, about four

opposite side of the

miles distant on
river.

the

When

these approached the bridge,

off in small parties,

the

enemy began making

on which Rattray with ten

men made a

CHAKDARA FORT
sortie against the hospital,

75

which was then

held by about thirty of the enemy.

These
for half

soon

fled,

and Rattray pursued them

a mile

down

the river, being joined en route

rein-

by Baker and Wheatley with a small

forcement.

On

their return, they

found the
holding

cavalry checked

by some
hill,

Ghazis

the Sangars on the

so these they also

stormed, attacking them in flank, and driving them out at the point of the bayonet.

In

this

encounter

Rattray

was

severely

wounded, being shot through the neck, and

of his small handful of men,

who

so gallantly

followed

him,

two

were

killed

and

one

wounded.

Over

fifty

bodies of the
this hill.

enemy

were afterwards found on

While

this

was going

on, the cavalry of

the relieving force had pursued the

across

enemy
fort,

the plain

to

the

north of the
;

cutting off

many

fugitives

but,

owing

to

their horses being

done up and the heavy

to pursue, they

ground over which they had

were obliged
to return after

going a com-

paratively short distance.

76

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
Thus ended
the

defence of Chakdara,

after six nights

and days perpetual fighting

this

on

the

part

of

small

and

plucky
force.

garrison

against
in

an

overwhelming

The way

which a few men defended

the signal tower for the latter part of the

siege, without

water or any hopes of obtainthe

stuflf

ing any,

shows

our

Sikhs

are

made
posts

of.

The
so

strain of

remaining at their
obliged
to

for

many
alert

days,

be

always

on

the

against

an

enemy,

maddened
daily,

by

fanaticism,
to

and
the

increasing

was

calculated

try

nerve of

the staunchest soldier.

Had

the relief been

delayed another twenty-four hours, the signal

tower must have been abandoned owing to

want of water.

This would have rendered

the fort practically untenable, owing to the

heavy

fire

the defenders would have

been

exposed
the

to

from the high ground which

could have then occupied.

enemy
led
to

The
small

sortie
finish

by

Rattray

makes a
of

brilliant

the gallant record

this

garrison.

CHAKDARA FORT
After
all

77

necessary

arrangements

had
his

been made,

General

Meiklejohn and

force bivouacked outside the fort at

Chak-

dara and marched

back next morning to

Amandara, where they were met

Bindon Blood, escorted by 500
Colonel
plies

by Sir
under

Rifles

Reid.

further quantity of sup-

and ammunition having been sent on

Sir

to the fort.
this force

Bindon proceeded

to take

up the valley

to the villages of

Thana and Aladand, which were thoroughly

searched.

No enemy

being seen, the force

bivouacked that night at Aladand, returning to the Malakand the following morning,

with the exception of General Meiklejohn,

who

halted at

Amandara

to hold the defile

and organise

his brigade.

During
courage
followers

these

operations,

the

patient

of

our

mule

drivers

and

other

who behaved under the somewhat

circumstances of
if

exciting

the

morning of

the 2nd August as

in

they were taking part

in the plains of India

a peaceful

field

day

shows

the implicit confidence these poor

y^
natives

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
place
in
us,

especially

when we
Malakand,
bar-

consider the scenes they had witnessed for

nearly a week, shut up at the

and surrounded by a horde of wild

barians thirsting for their blood.

CHAPTER
THE SWAT VALLEY

VI
TO UPPER SWAT

MARCH
LANDAKAI

T^HE

crisis

was now
all

over.

The

tribes-

men had

dispersed to their various

in

homes, and were engaged

the peaceful

occupation of reaping their crops, the greater

part of
that,

them probably under the delusion

to the distance
at
this

owing

and

difficulties

of

marching troops

time of year,

they would escape

punishment and enjoy

until

a well-earned rest

a more favourable

opportunity should arise for exterminating

the
infidel.

There

is

no

doubt that

this

opportunity would have occurred during the

following spring,

when

the reliefs are sent

reliefs consist

up

to Chitral.

These

of two

regiments and two

guns,

with the stores

and ammunition
79

for the

ensuing year, and

8o
the

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
danger incurred

by

this

small

force,

which has to protect a

eight

line of transport

over

miles long for a distance of a hun-

dred and thirty miles through mountainous

country,

threatened

on

either

flank

by

strong and well-armed tribes,

may

well be

imagined.
the

The
that,

road

is

kept

open

by

Khan

of Dir's levies, but recent events

in

have shown
rising,

the event of a tribal

no reliance could be placed on these

gentry.

The
his

next few days were spent by Sir

in

Bindon Blood
disposal.

organising

the

force

at

The Malakand was

put in

order,

and cleared of the debris and rubbish

which had accumulated during the recent

fighting.

An

advanced depot was

installed

at Khar, about three miles from the

Mala-

kand, and the troops which were to form

the Second Brigade were
relieving the

moved

there, thus

overcrowded state which the

hurried despatch of troops to the Malakand

had

caused.

There

were

two

Brigades

mobilised in the Swat Valley.

The

First

THE SWAT VALLEY

Brigade,

8i

under

Brigadier-General

Meikleto

john, C.B., C.M.G.,* was

*
1st Battalion

now ready

march

First Brigade.

Royal West Kent Regiment.

24th (Punjab) Regiment of Bengal Infantry.

31st (Punjab)

Regiment of Bengal Infantry.

45th (Rattray's Sikh) Regiment of Bengal Infantry.

Sections

and

of No.

British Field Hospital.

No. 38 Native Field Hospital.

Sections

A and B of No.

50 Native Field Hospital.

Second Brigade.
1st Battalion

East Kent Regiment.

35th (Sikh) Regiment of Bengal Infantry. 38th (Dogra) Regiment of Bengal Infantry.

Guides Infantry.
Sections

and

of No.

British Field Hospital.

No. 37 Native Field Hospital.

Sections

C and D

of No. 50 Native Field Hospital.

Divisional Troops.
4 Squadrons nth Regiment of Bengal Lancers (" Prince of Wales'

Own").
1

Squadron loth Regiment of Bengal Lancers ("Duke of Cam-

bridge's

Own ").

Guides Cavalry.

22nd Punjab Regiment of Bengal Infantry.

2 Companies 21st Punjab Regiment of Bengal Infantry.
lOth Field Battery.

6 Guns No.

British

Mountain Battery.

6 Guns No. 7 British Mountain Battery. 6 Guns No. 8 (Bengal) Mountain Battery.

No. 5 Company, Madras Sappers and Miners. No. 3 Company, Bombay Sappers and Miners.
Section

of No. 13 British Field Hospital.

Sections

A and B of No. F

35 Native Field Hospital.

82

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
be received

without tents and with ten days' supplies,

as soon as instructions should

from Simla as to future operations.

The

Second
Jeffreys,

Brigade,
C.B.,

under
a

Brigadier-General
strong
strategical

held

position at Khar, on the

bank of the Swat

River,

where they were within easy reach

of

the

Malakand

and

Chakdara.

The
Punjab
which

Malakand garrison was placed under the

command
Infantry,

of

Colonel
the

Reid,

29th

and

reserve
at

brigade,

had

been concentrated

Mardan under

Brigadier-General Wodehouse, C.B., C.M.G.,

was formed

into the

Third Brigade Malato

kand Field Force, and shortly moved

Rustam,

whence

they

could

watch

the

passes into Buner, and from their presence

on that side

of

the country prevent

the

the

Buner wals joining

masse to oppose
us.

Upper

Swatis

en

The
which

country between the Malakand and

still

Chakdara was

strewn

with

corpses,
;

we

were

speedily

burying

for,

although

these

tribes

are very careful

to

THE SWAT VALLEY

carry

83

away

their dead,

they had been un-

able to do so during our advance to relieve

Chakdara.
bodies tied

In

several

cases

we

found

between two bamboos, which

stretchers.

form their primitive

Cross
their

No Red
carry

Society
duties
in

could
this

possibly
respect

out

with
as

greater
these

perseverance

and

courage

do

ignorant savages.

The
their

risks they will run,

in order to obtain

and the pluck they show

and carry away
is

dead and wounded,

extraordinary,

and shows what utter de-

moralisation
this

they
in

must have suffered on

order
to

occasion

leave

so

many
to

bodies on the ground.

estimated,

Their losses were

week's
fighting,

during

the

be over two thousand, the greater part of

which are reported to have been

Chakdara.

killed at

A
in

good deal of
at

rain
;

fell

while

we were

camp

Amandara
still

but, in spite of this,

the heat

was

very trying to the troops.

Battery,
at

The

loth

Field
arrived

under

Major
6th,

Anderson,

Khar on

the

84 having

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
lost

several
up.

horses from sunstroke

on

the

march
at
this

Several

deaths

also

occurred
troops,

time
the

among

our

British

owing
the

to

severe heat.

But
evil

although

Swat Valley bears an

owing

reputation as

regards climate at this time

to

of the

year,

malaria,

which
yet

is

bred of the swamps and

rice-fields,

we
up
full

found
the

it

a pleasant enough change from

where,

Malakand,

perched
received

high
the

among
benefit

barren rocks,

we

of every storm
hills.

which periodically

swept these

Looking up the valley

river,

from Khar, the broad, rushing

secting

inter-

the

green pastures
foreground

of the
to

valley,

made a
places,

lovely

the

dark,
it.

rugged mountains which here enclose

In

immense

quantities

of long,

silvery

grass

rose from the

swamps on
young

either side

of the water, forming a curious contrast to

the vivid green

of the

rice

crops.

Trees are scarce

is

in fact, the

whole country

devoid
are

of

natural
lazy

vegetation,

and
to

its

people

too

or

careless

plant

THE SWAT VALLEY

fruit,

85

such as apricot,

pear or apple-trees,
flourish

any of which would probably

vines
are
occasionally
to

but
more

be

found,

especially in

Upper Swat, where, on

enter-

ing the small

their villages,
in

mud

houses which constitute

one frequently found oneself

all

an outer courtyard, enclosed on

trellis

sides

by

work, from which the small green

grapes hung in festoons.

Rumours were now brought

Bunerwals
started

in

that the

and
the

Hindustani
5th
to
us.

fanatics

had

on

join

the

Upper
the

Swatis in attacking

Reconnaissances

were therefore pushed some way up

valley,

and

every day

the

passes which

lead into the Yuzafzai Plain

were carefully

watched by our cavalry.

to

No enemy
much
to

were

be

found,

however,

the dis-

appointment of the troops generally, who,

having been shut up

posed to a hot
fire

for

over a week exnight,

by day and
to

were

now

most

eager

retaliate.

Major
in

Deane's news as to the

Mad

Mullah,

the meantime, showed that this fanatic was

86

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
*

by no means

idle.

We

heard that he was

trying to raise the Shamozai villages against

us on the night of the

5th,

but receiving
to

no encouragement here, he had moved

Abueh, and thence onward up

Valley without

the

Swat

obtaining a following.
fired

few

shots

were

at

us

occasionally

during our reconnaissances by villagers and

hillmen,
side.

but

with

no

casualties

on

our

The

telegraph line between

Chakbeen

dara and the

Malakand,

which had

completely destroyed by the tribesmen,

who

had carried away the wire and posts

various homes,
in

to their

was now restored and put

from

working order, and a staging system of

transport
established

cart
for

Nowshera

forwarding supplies.

On

the 8th AugTist

we
at

received news of the attack on our fort

Shabkadr,

near
tribe

Peshawar,

by

the

Mohmands
ally

which we were eventu-

despatched to deal with.

On
held

the nth,

a rumour was received that a large jirgah

or tribal
council

had
the

been

by

the

Bunerwals

with

Hindustani

fanatics

THE SWAT VALLEY

and
neighbouring
tribes

87

from

Chamla,

Khudukhel and Gadun,

decided to join the
left

at

which they had

since

Swatis, and had

;

for

Upper Swat
arrival
in

but,

so

far,

no news

of their

that

country

had

yet

come
time,

in.

The Lower
submitted
allowed

Swatis, in the meanunconditionally,

to

had
being

and
their

were

return

to

villages.

By
ments

the 14th August

all

transport arrange-

for the force, detailed to

march

into

Upper

Swat

with

twelve

days'

supplies,

were complete, and the force was ordered

to concentrate at

Thana
sent

the following day,

the

nth

Bengal
being
the

Lancers,

under

Major
to

Beatson,

on

with

orders

reconnoitre
possible.
villagers,

country beyond so far as

Their information, derived from

showed

that

many Bunerwals had

crossed

the passes from their country into

;

Upper Swat
on
to

but although they had pushed

a point whence they could see most

country up to

of the
in

Landakai, a village
not seen

Upper Swat, they had

any

88

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
Between Thana and
route
possible
lay

signs of the enemy.

Landakai,

the

only

through a narrow causeway about a mile

in

length,

and

barely

broad

enough
it

to

admit of one
time.

man

passing

along

at

This was flanked on one side by

cliffs,

steep, rocky

the crests of which were

strongly fortified

by sungars, and on
rapid
torrent

the

other

by

the

deep

of the

Swat

River.

Before reaching this causehills

left.

way, a long ridge stretched from the

to

the

small

village of Jelala

on our

This was crowned by an ancient Buddhist

fort,

and several other ruins were scattered

hills
;

about on the neighbouring

relics

the only

of an ancient civilisation.
to the

Owing
was put
the

bad weather, our advance

on which
to

off to the following day,

whole

of

the

column

marched

Thana.
ing,

Rain

fell

in torrents all the

morn-

and our camp was a regular swamp.

arriving at

On

Thana, Sir Bindon Blood

heard that the enemy were occupying the

causeway and

ridge

beyond

Jelala.

He

THE SWAT VALLEY

at once rode out to reconnoitre,

89

and on ap-

proaching
of the

Jelala,

about four or five hundred

fifteen

enemy with

standards were

seen on the ridge, which they were evidently

strengthening with sungars.

Our
light
it

appear-

ance was greeted with a

their

fusilade,

and from
-

shouting defiance

and

hearted

expenditure of ammunition,
that larger

was evident
in rear

numbers of them were

of their position.

We

returned to camp,
for

which

was

well

prepared
that night.

any attack

they might

make

The
fied

tribesmen were, however, quite

stay

satis-

to

where

they

were,

and

the

narrow causeway, with an unfordable river

on one side and high peaks on the

other,

was

certainly

the

best

strategical
this

position

they could have taken up,

being the

door to the Upper Swat Valley, of which

we were soon
was destined
to

to

produce the key which

it.

open

The
all

next day, the 17th August,

we were
stores
left

on the move by daylight.

All

and

baggage

were

packed

up,

and

90
in

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
camp with
charge
the transport and followers,
of

under

the

baggage

guards,

strengthened by some additional troops to

wait
until

the

road
6.30

in

front

should

be

cleared.

At
off

the

Guides

Cavalry

moved
ing

under Colonel Adams, and pushJelala,

on

to

found

the

enemy's adin

vanced scouts and

the

piquets

established

Buddhist ruins on the adjacent ridge.

in

These they held

check, with the assist-

ance of the advanced guard of the Royal

West Kent,
battalion

until

the

remainder

of

that

came up and

cleared the position

fell

of the tribesmen,

who
It

back on their
that

main body

in rear.

was now seen

there were several thousands of the

enemy

occupying a front of some two miles along

the heights in rear of this ridge, their right
flank resting on the steep
cliffs

which comreaching

manded
up
to

the

causeway,

their

left

to the higher hills which stretch

away
the
en-

the

Morah

Pass,
fort

and protected by an
crowning

old

Buddhist

one

of

peaks.

While the West

Kent were

THE SWAT VALLEY

gaged
British
in

91

clearing the

first

ridge,

Mountain
and
No.

Battery,

under

No. 7 Major

Fegan,

(Bengal)

Mountain

Battery, under

Captain Birch, had formed

them,
of
closely

up
the

in

rear

of

followed

by

main

body

the

Infantry

under
loth

Brigadier-General

Meiklejohn.

The

Field Battery had marched in rear of the

column,

lest

it

should find difficulty in pass-

ing along the road, which

in

was very narrow

delay
to

places,

and

thus

cause

the

troops.

But happily no such misfortune

befel

it,

and

after

having

negotiated

some

very

difficult

ground intersected by deep

nullahs.

Major
shortly

Anderson
before

brought
a.m.,

it

into
fire

action

opening
at

from
of

the

ridge

above
from

Jelala,

distance

1600

yards,

where
the
in

they

did

great

execution

among
a
fort

crowd
the

of

Ghazis
of
their

occupying
position.

centre

The

effect of this fire,

which was
from a
:

aided

by Major

Fegan's

battery

position higher up,

was soon apparent

the

92

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
quickly

enemy
sungars,

evacuating

the

fort

and

and

retiring

under cover of the

rocks and boulders to their rear, appearing

now and
whenever
slackened.

again
the

to
fire

fire

at

our
the

infantry,

from

batteries

General Meiklejohn had meanflank

while

made a long
left

march

to envelop
spur.

the enemy's

and sweep down the

This necessitated a long and arduous climb

on the part of the 31st and 24th Punjab

Infantry,

who

advanced

to

the

assault,

supported by No. 8 Mountain Battery and

the 45th Sikhs.

These, on arriving at the objective point,

caused considerable surprise to the enemy,

who, as

it

was afterwards found

out,

had

only looked for a frontal attack on the lower

ground

to the entrance of the causeway,

and

had

in

consequence
in

posted
their

considerable
flank
to

reserves

rear

of

right

meet

this

contingency.
therefore,

This

enveloping

movement,
and
the

caused great dismay;

seeing their
line

enemy, on

of

retreat towards the

Morah Pass

threatened,

THE SWAT VALLEY

away
soon
to their
left.

93

broke up, a large portion of them streaming

The

remainder, seeing
in half,

that their force

lost

had been thus cut

;

heart

and
to

after

some

desultory-

fighting,

began

give way,

falling

back

towards Landakai.
Prior to
part
this,

during an attempt on their

their centre,

to reinforce

a desperate

charge of a handful of Ghazis took place.

These
the
for

fierce

fanatics,

preferring to

die

at

hands of the

infidel

and thus

earn

themselves an immediate entrance into

Paradise,

rushed

down

the

hill

on to the

bayonets of the 24th Punjab Infantry, there

to

meet the death they so eagerly sought.

The West Kent now commenced

to clear

the Landakai ridge and heights above the

causeway, enabling the Sappers and Miners,

under Captain Johnson, to repair the damages

done

to this

narrow passage through which

the cavalry were, in the meantime, anxiously

awaiting their opportunity to advance

for

it
it,

was thought probable

they would

that once through

to

be able

catch

the

enemy

94

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
across

retreating

the

Landakai

plain.

At

II A.M. the heights

commanding

the cause-

way were
this pass,

in the

hands of our troops, and

the Guides Cavalry

commenced

to

file

along

every

man

being obliged to lead

his horse until the

open ground beyond was

reached.

By

the time that the head of the leading

plain,

squadron had emerged into the

the

enemy were
swarming

already more than a mile

it,

away

on the other side of

and could be seen

in

up the

hills

large

numbers,
of

many
being

of

them

carrying

standards

variegated colouring, red, green, and white

evidently

the

most

popular

tints.

Owing
heavy,

to the constant rain of the preced-

ing days, the ground had become exceedingly

and being

also

cut

up by several
at

deep ravines. Captain Palmer, who had

once pushed forward
tribesmen
in pursuit

of a few

who had
hills,

not

yet

reached the
far

shelter of the

soon found himself

ahead of

his

men, who

were

unable
left

to

keep up with him.

Near on

his

was

THE SWAT VALLEY

Lieutenant
Fusiliers,

95

R.

T.

Greaves,
at

Lancashire

and behind him,

yards,

a distance of

about

thirty

rode

Colonel

with his galloper, Lieutenant

Adams Norman, nth

distance,

Bengal Lancers
their
in

while at

some

men, consisting of about one troop

to

somewhat loose formation owing

the

difficulties

of the ground, followed as quickly

as they could.
this

After traversing a mile in

formation,

some of the

enemy were

seen passing through a "ziarat" or graveyard, to a spur of a

distant,
hill

some eighty yards

from which the enemy were keeping

hot
fire

up a

fairly

on our advancing men.

in considerable

Seeing that the enemy were

force,

Colonel

Adams

directed his
if

men
to

to

the

ziarat,

intending,

possible,

hold

that position until the infantry should arrive

in support.

Owing, however,
Palmer and

to the noise

of

the

firing.

Greaves were

unable to hear him, and charged up to the

foot of the
hill,

hoping to cut

off

a few
it.

tribesmen

who were hastening towards

occurrences
of

The

unfortunate

the

next

96
few

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
minutes
are
best

described
letter

by

the

following

extract

from a

written

by

an
**

officer

who was

present.

On
hill,

Palmer and

Greaves approaching
fire

the

they were subjected to a heavy

from
once

the

enemy.
while

Palmer's horse

was

at

killed,

Greaves,
fell,

having

been

shot at

close

quarters,

some twenty

yards farther on,

at

among
to

the Pathans,

who

once

proceeded

hack
this,

at

him with

their

swords.

Seeing

Adams and

Fincastle went out to his assistance, followed

by

two

sowars,
at

Palmer,

that

who galloped towards moment engaged in a

hand-to-hand conflict with a standard-bearer.

Palmer had
wrist,

been shot through the right

and was only saved by the opportune

appearance of these two men, who enabled

him
had

to get

back to the shelter of the

ziarat

in safety.

Meanwhile

Fincastle,

who had
up
to

his horse killed while galloping

lay, tried to
lift

where Greaves
to

Greaves on

Adams'

horse,

in

the process of which

Greaves was again shot through the body

THE SWAT VALLEY

and Adams' horse wounded.
soon joined by the

97

They were two sowars who had

and
almost

been

to

Palmers

assistance,

immediately afterwards

by Maclean,

who,
in the

having
ziarat,

first

dismounted his squadron

had very pluckily ridden

out,

with

four of his men, to

the assistance of this

small party,

who

otherwise would have been

rushed by the enemy.

With

his assistance
in,

Greaves was successfully brought

unfortunately Maclean,
in

but

who had dismounted

the body on to

order to help in
horse,

lifting

his

was shot through

both thighs,

and died almost immediately."

It

will

be seen from the above extract

that poor Maclean,

who was

quite the most

popular officer in the force, was the means

of saving the lives of the remainder of this
small party.

The

scene of action took place

at the foot of a hill with spurs jutting out

on either
which
the

side,

from which the cross

in

fire

enemy poured
it

would
if

have

destroyed most of the squadron

Maclean

had brought

out.

With

great judgment,

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
in

however, he had dismounted them

ziarat,

the

where they not only formed a support

party to eventually retire on, but
fire

for

the
their

by

prevented

the

enemy from
off,

closing

in

and cutting them

and then

himself gallantly went to the assistance of

his

hard pressed comrades.

loss

The

of these

two

officers,

both of

whom
in

were so deservedly popular, and held

esteem both as soldiers

high

and

as

friends,

was one

that appealed very directly

to all the

members

of the force, and

it

was

with hearts heavy with a sense of a personal

misfortune that
of the day.

we

continued the operations

The

infantry

and guns having now arrived

retired, falling

on the scene, the enemy

back

some two miles on the

where
they
of

village of
collision

Abueh,
with

came
the

into

squadron

Guides

under

Captain

Brazier Creagh,
the
it

who soon
to follow

dispersed them,
hills,

enemy taking

refuge in the

where
Brazier

was impossible

them

up.

Creagh thereupon returned

to Kotah,

having

THE SWAT VALLEY

killed

99

seven or eight of the enemy without

any

casualties

on

his side.
left

Meanwhile, our detachment

behind at

Thana

to

guard the baggage and transport

were not without occupation.

advance on Jelala that

During our

morning,

we had

observed parties of the enemy moving along

the high ridge

leading from Landakai to-

wards the Morah Pass.

These men soon

apleft

came

in full

view of our camp, and

that
it

parently

imagined

had

been

unprotected, as about a thousand

of them

assembled,

and

with

great

shouting

and

beating of tom-toms began to descend the

hills.

As

they showed considerable hesita-

tion in committing themselves to the open,

Colonel Bradshaw, 35th Sikhs, commanding

the detachment in camp, sent Major Dela-

main,

nth
on.

Bengal

Lancers,

with

two

squadrons of his regiment to try and draw

them

They were
affair

too cautious, however,

and the

ended

in

a musketry engage-

ment, in which Delamain inflicted a loss of

twenty

killed

on the

enemy, without any

lOO

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
on
his

penalties

own

side,

and ultimately
After

caused them to retreat into Buner.

the

conclusion of this action at Landakai,

the loth Field Battery, escorted by the two

squadrons and some of the infantry, returned

to

Khar.

The remainder
plain
fortifications

of the force enof

camped on the
Kotah, the

near the village

of which were at

once destroyed

by the Sappers, and the

fierceness of the flames from these towers,

lighting
circling

up the dark
hills,

gloom
that

of

the

ento

was

all

remained

remind us of the day s events.

CHAPTER
MINGAORA
RECONNAISSANCE

VII

THE SACRED VILLAGE OF SAIDU

TO

MINGLAOR

BUDDHIST RUINS

/^UR
^"^^

losses during this action

were very

small, owing,

no doubt, to the great

of our artillery
:

use which was

casualties
total

made

eleven
slight

on our side forming but a

against the heavy losses sustained

by

the enemy.

General Wodehouse reported

from Rustam that news had been received

there
that

the

Bunerwals,

Gaduns,

and
their

Chagarzais,

were streaming back to

villages, carrying

numbers of
the

their

dead and
fanatics

wounded

while

Hindustani

were said to have

fled

back

to

Kogah.
in

The
this

reports which gradually

came

from

the interior confirmed the decisive effect of

fight.
lOI

The Mianguls

sent in a letter

I02

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
and from

the following day expressing general sub-

mission and a desire for peace

the information which
different

we

derived from the

villages

we

passed

during

the

continuation of our
there
is

march up the

valley,

no doubt that the Swatis suffered

severely.

The moral
have
that
first

effect

of our
great,

guns

seems

to

been
the

very
Field

more
this

especially

of

Battery,

being the

experience these tribesmen

have had of

this

arm, an experience they

will

probably remember for some time to come.

We
country

had
:

now

entered

an

unknown

one which had not been penetrated

by a white man since the days of Alexander

the Great.

For

this

reason the march up to

Mingaora, although devoid of fighting, was

full

of interest

while the numerous Buddhist

lofty

ruins,

and mountain landscapes showing

in

snow-capped peaks
and

the distance, gave

plenty of occupation to both the amateur

archaeologists
artists of

our force.
is

We
re-

arrived

at

Mingaora, which

the largest
19th,

village in

Upper Swat, on the

and

MINGAORA
mained
there, for a

103

few days, while the country

around was reconnoitred and surveyed.

The
miles,

valley here

widens

to

nearly four

covered with magnificent crops, and

to

close

Mingaora
wherein

lies lies

the

sacred village

of Saidu,

the

tomb of the
who, owing to
obtained great
in

famous Akhund of
his

Swat,
sanctity,

reputation

for

influence

over

the

tribes

Swat

and
died

neighbouring
in the year

district.

The Akhund
**

1877,

and although

his descend-

ants,

who

are

termed

Mianguls,"

have
little

inherited his sanctity, they

have very

authority

compared

to

their

predecessor.

There are now four grandsons of the old

patriarch
alive,

who,

on

our

arrival

at

Mingaora,

fled to the hills.

Owing

to

the

village

of

Saidu

being

regarded as a sacred shrine, no one except

Mohammedans were allowed to approach it, and we had to content ourselves with taking
photographs of
it

from a distance.

A
the

few
first

shots were fired into our

camp on
the

night of our arrival, but

headmen of

I04
the

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
village

having

been

told
for

that

they

would be held responsible

occurrence of this
sort,

any further

our remaining nights

were undisturbed.

reconnaissance up the

Swat Valley was

under
visited

carried out

on the
which

21st,

Colonel
'*

Adams,
"

during

we

Manglaor

or Mangla, as the old

it.

Buddhist records
sized village,

spell

This

is

a good-

and a great centre of commerce.

upper portion

We

found

in penetrating this

of the

Swat Valley

that the only available

route lay over the Shah-Melai Pass, about

4000
with

feet

high,

very steep, over

and

covered

slippery

rocks,

which

we had
some

great difficulty in dragging our horses.

The
fifteen

old Buddhist road, which, built

hundred years ago, stretches along

the entire valley from the Malakand, here,

curiously

enough,

runs along

the

bed of

the valley, and on our arrival was covered

with about

three

feet

of water.

During

our stay at Mingaora, about eight hundred

arms of
these

all

sorts

were surrendered, among

rifles

being some of the

which had

MINGAORA
been
taken
during
the
attack

105

on

the

Malakand.

Major Deane having

ments
with
the
to

finished his arrangetribes,

surrounding
Barikot

we
24th

marched

back

on

the

August, from where the next day a reconnaissance was pushed

to

the top of

the

Karakar
found

Pass,

leading
entirely

into

Buner.

We

this

pass

deserted
in

by the
watching

enemy, who

were

occupied

General Wodehouse's force at Rustam, on

the other side of the country, and
for

except

a couple of scouts

who

fired off their rifles

at us

and decamped, we could have marched

this pass

over
lay

without opposition.

Our

route

by a winding path up a deep

clear

ravine, fed
inter-

by a stream of
sected

water,
full

which

some

lovely glades

of wild roses
hills

and jasmine, while higher up the

thickly

became
the

wooded with

pine-trees.

Among

bare desolate mountains which

us,

surrounded
paradise,

this

seemed indeed

little

and one could have

back
in

easily

imagined oneself

some

quiet rustic spot in England.

io6

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
scene from the top of the pass, which
feet high, disclosed

The
is

3500

a panoramic view
in the

of the

Amazai portion of Buner, and

distance

we

could see the high mountains

on the other side of the Indus.

The

country

below us seemed to consist of broad and

fertile valleys

interspersed by low

hills,

which

rose rather abruptly from the level, on which

some

large

villages

could

be

discerned.
in

Fires were
directions as

soon seen
signals

burning

various

of our presence,

and

a small

gathering

appeared

as

we were
hostilities

about to return to camp, but no

were attempted during our descent.

We
27th

arrived back at the

Malakand on the

of

August,
the

having
of

now
the

completely

subdued

whole
tribes

Swat

Valley
in

and adjacent

who had partaken

received
at

the recent rising, with the exception of the

Bunerwals,

who

had

severe

punishment at our hands

who,
it

Landakai, and
in to

was expected, would give

inflicted

any

terms our Government

on them.
re-

The Hindustani

fanatics,

who were

MINGAORA
Landakai, although

107

ported as having taken part against us at

now
force,

hardly to be re-

garded as a fighting
factor
for
is

were once a great

frontier.

trouble

on our

Their

history

a curious one, dating from about

the year 1820,

turer, "

when a Mohammedan adven-

Saiad

Ahmed

Shah," having gained

sanctity,

a great reputation for

a
large

and

collected
fanatics,

following

of

religious

established
tribes.

himself

Here, after
slain
in

among many
a
of
his

the

Yuzafzai

vicissitudes,

he

was

finally

battle

against the

Sikhs,

and

those

following

who
after,

escaped took up their abode on the Indus,

beyond the Sikh

frontier.

Some
our

time

on our annexing the Peshawar

district,

they

came

into

collision

with

troops,

and

were driven out of

this refuge.

These
petual

fanatics

have always been a pertrouble

to
us.

source

of

They

were the cause of the Ambela Campaign,

at

the

close of

which we drove them out

of their settlement at Malka, owing to their

continued

depredations

and

outrages

on

io8

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
;

our frontier

and

their

history since

their

expulsion from that district has been one of

continued intrigue with the various tribes to

obtain

some convenient
has

location

for

their

colony, which

about
it

three

now dwindled down to hundred fighting men and

;

is

probable

that

the

fierce

fanaticism

with which they do battle on every occasion

they meet
their

us

will

do much

to

diminish

number.

Although they follow the

religion,

Mohammedan
unorthodox,

their creed

is

very
the
or

being
;

similar

to

that

of

Wahabi
us

sect

and during the

jehad

religious war,

which was preached against

to the
^^

by the Mullahs previous

rising

along the frontier this year (1897),

matter of speculation to see
into
if it

was a

developed

a Wahabi

movement,
recruits

in

which case

large

numbers of
from
case,
all

would have joined

This was
is

this sect

parts of India.

not

the

however, and

there

no

doubt
rapidly,

that

their

power
the
late

is

diminishing
recruits
It

owing

to

few
years.

they

have received of

certainly

MINGAORA
requires

109
reli-

an

extraordinary amount of

gious enthusiasm to enable these people to

leave
their their

homes

in

India and take up

hill

abode

among savage

tribes

in in

some of the most

the world.

inhospitable

regions

Among
Swat

the numerous relics of Buddhism,

which were the chief characteristics of the

Valley, one which interested us greatly

was a large "stupa" or "tope" near the

village

of

Shankarghar

in

Upper

Swat.

This stupa was a conical mass of masonry

with a
small
flat

circular
in

surface
its

above and
which

chamber

base,

was

almost completely enveloped in a heap of

rubbish
heaps,
usually
relics

and
coins

stones.

In

these
of

rubbish
are

and

fragments

idols

found in large
date

quantities.

These

from

the
all

Buddhist era about

the ancient ruins in

250

B.C.

Nearly

these

districts

are

of

Buddhist
date,

origin

some of even more ancient

reaching

back to the time of Alexander the Great,

who, advancing on India from Cabul, divided

no
his

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
force into

two

divisions,

one of which

he

marched

through

Bajour,

Swat

and

Buner, crossing the Indus into the Yuzafzai

plain, while the other

proceeded to the same

route.

river

by a more
given

direct

From
were

the

accounts

of

Alexander's

progress

through these

districts,

which
his

then

peopled by Indian

tribes,

troops must

have fought many pitched

is

battles,

and

it

probable that the country at that time

possessed a far larger and more prosperous

population, from the appearance of the ruins

of the large fortified cities which can

still

be traced, while the

very
fertile

soil

must have been

the

to

support
it.

huge

army

which marched through

in

Alexander died
after this date

323

B.C.,

and

it

was shortly

that

Buddhism

established itself

among

these

mountainous

districts,

which have never since

civilisation.

enjoyed such a flourishing

CHAPTER
EXPEDITION

VIII

THE MOHMANDS THE PANJKORA BRIDGE NIGHT THROUGH MARCH BAJOUR ATTACK ON SECOND BRIGADE
AGAINST
SEIZURE

OF

/^N
^""^

the 27th August, Sir Bindon

Blood

moved
into

his headquarters to

Malakand,
for

and on the 28th orders were issued

advance
the

an

Utman Khel

country.

Brigadier-General Jeffreys with the Second

Brigade was accordingly ordered to

move

down from
thence

Khar

to

Jolagram,

and from
country,

down

to the
at

Utman Khel
south-west

coming out

the

end

near

Abazai; while, at the same time, a force

under Colonel Reid was

ordered to con-

centrate at Uch, about seven miles north of

Chakdara,
of Dir, HI

in

order to support the

Nawab

who was

dealing with those villages

112
in

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
own
territory

his

who had been

off his

impli-

cated in the recent rising.

General Jeffreys started

to

brigade

Jolagram

on

the

28th,

and,

although
to

delayed by very heavy

rain,

managed

march down the

30th.

river to

Kalangai on the

The

first

part of the road lay over

a rocky spur which ran down to the Swat

River,
for the

which necessitated some hard work

Sappers before
it

was made

fit

for the

passage of our troops.

spur, the road

After passing this

into the
is

emerges

Matkanai

Valley,
lofty

where the scenery

clad

very striking,
surround
of the
old

hills

with

pines

valley,

and

picturesque

groups

Buddhist

ruins

stand

out In

on every spur
"ziarat"
or

and

salient

point.

one

graveyard,

we found even
at

the tombstones

made

out of fragments of Buddhist sculpture.

arrival

On
off

Kalangai,

the

Sappers,

escorted by the Guides Infantry, were sent

to

reconnoitre

the
but,

Inziri

Pass
to

and

improve the road;

in the

on return
that

camp

evening,

we heard

a message

THE MOHMANDS
had
just

113

been

received

from Sir Bindon

to

Blood that the brigade was

to

march back
accordingly
till

Khar

the

next day.

We
at

went

back,

and

halted

Khar

the

6th September.

Meanwhile,

General

Wodehouse
brigades

had

marched

his brigade

up from Rustam, and

mobilised

thus there were

within
6th,

three

reach of

the

Malakand.
to

On
march

the

orders

were received

two

brigades through Bajour and the

country, to

Mohmand

emerge

finally at

Shabkadr, near

Peshawar, co-operating with a force which,

under Major-General

Elles,

C.B.,

was

to

move

north through the

Mohmand

country

from Shabkadr.
In anticipation of a
tion,

move

in this direc-

a force had already been despatched

General
over

under
bridge

Wodehouse
the

to

seize

the

Panjkora,

which
;

was
and

accomplished on the 4th

September

from information received by Major Deane

shortly afterwards, this strategical

move on

our part only anticipated the tribesmen on

114
the

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
other
side

of

the

river

by

few

hours.

The

loth

Field

Battery

accoma
the

panied

General

Wodehouse's

brigade,

creditable

performance,
track

considering

narrow

mountain

which

constituted

the only available route to the river.

Artillery
cultural
this
feat,

The

driving competition at the Agri-

Hall

could

hardly
least

compete with

where the

mistake on the

part of the drivers or horses would

mean

probably a whole gnjn-team and gun falling

over a precipice into the river below.

General Meiklejohn, having assumed com-

mand

of

the

line
left

of

communication, the
the 6th, and

Second Brigade

Khar on

marched up one day

in rear of the

Third

Brigade, which, accompanied by Sir Bindon

Blood, crossed the Panjkora without opposition

on the
Valley.

8th,

and marched up the Nawagai

our

On

way through Bajour we

familiar to

halted at

Ghosam, a name

many
Jandol

who took
it is

part in the Chitral campaign, as

within a mile of

Mundah,

in the

Valley, which

was one of the

largest posts

THE MOHMANDS
on the
line

115

to

Chitral,

and the entrenchof*

ments of the old camp and even traces

the old huts and shelters were
still

visible.

From Ghosam, Major Deane settled with the various villages who had taken part in
the attack on Chakdara.

Amongst

these were the villages belong-

ing to two of

Umra
by us

Khan's brothers, Mir

Hassan Khan and Mir Afzal Khan, who were

re-established
in the Jandol Valley in

1895, ^fter the Chitral expedition,

and who

had since taken part against us by forcing

the Panjkora bridge, held at the time by the

Khan of Dir s men, thus enabling the tribesmen from the far side of the Panjkora river
to join
in

the

attacks

on Malakand and
for this, they

Chakdara.

As a punishment
to surrender
at

were ordered
of
rifles,

a certain number
in.

which were

once handed

During a reconnaissance up the Jandol

Valley,

we

paid a

visit

to

Barwa

Fort,

formerly the headquarters of

now

held by a cousin of

Umra Khan, but his. Said Ahmed

hospit-

Khan, who entertained us in the most

ii6

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
It

able manner.

was

in this fort that Lieu-

tenants

Edwards and Fowler were imprisoned

in

by

Umra Khan
forts

1895.
is

The

character of

the tribes

up here

well

shown by the
is

numerous
filled.

with which every valley

build
their

The

inhabitants

mud

houses within a defensive loop-holed

wall, con-

taining but one entrance with a strong tower

at each corner,

and from these strongholds

feuds with their neigh-

carry on perpetual
bours.

In
is

fact,

the normal condition of these

people
It

one of continual war and bloodshed.

still

was

very hot here during the day,

but the nights were rapidly getting cooler,

and the health of the troops was excellent

while as for our transport animals, out of

over two thousand mules belonging to the

Second Brigade, only seventeen were

ported unfit for work at Ghosam.

re-

During

our halt here, the

Khan

of Nawagai,

who

is

by

far the largest

landowner and most power-

ful chief in

Bajour, sent in a letter to Major

Deane
*

to say that

he and Khans of Khar,*

The one being

his brother, the other his cousin.

THE MOHMANDS
and Jhar, would
were
able
in
assist

117

us as far as they

our

march

through

their

territory.

This
;

promise

was

afterwards

fully carried out

and

in spite of the pressure

brought
people

to

bear
the

on

them by

their

own
these

and

surrounding
loyal

tribes,

Khans

remained

to

us

throughout

our stay in these regions.

From Shamshak, on
Sir

the 13th September,

Bindon Blood reconnoitred the Rambat

Pass which leads out of the Nawagai Valley

into

the

Mohmand

district,

and
it,

finding

that the country to the south of

through

which

our troops

would

have to march,

was very

deficient in water

and

forage,
it

he

directed General Jeffreys to cross

15th,

on the

taking two battalions, a company of

Sappers, and one squadron of cavalry, with

five

days*

supplies

for

the force
troops

sending
the

the

remainder

of his

to join

Third Brigade at Nawagai, to which place

he.

Sir Bindon,

marched on the
that these

14th.

The

idea was
all

two brigades

should cut off

communications with the

ii8

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
Mohmand
the

Malakand, cross into the

country

by the
carrying

Rambat Pass and Nawagai, and

rations

up

to

22 nd,

march

south through the

Mohmand

country until

communication was effected with

General

E lies'
on the

force,

which was to leave Shabkadr

15th.

Accordingly, on the 14th, the Third Brigade

marched

to

Nawagai, while General Jeffreys

a place called Markhanai, near
the

encamped
the foot

at

of

Rambat

Pass.

Part of

the Second Brigade, consisting of the Buffs

and

4th

Company

Bengal

Sappers

and

Miners, were detached by General Jeffreys

to the crest of the

Rambat Pass
bivouac

to prepare

the road for the passage of his force next

morning,
night.
partially

and

to

there

for

the

The

road

up

to

the

pass

was

made, and

next day the brigade

the
best

would have marched over; but

plans are sometimes upset by

some

unfore-

seen occurrence, and in this case a night

attack changed the whole aspect of
affairs.

The ground

about

Markhanai

was much

THE MOHMANDS
intersected

119
ravines,

with

deep

precipitous

and the camp was situated on

of one of these,
whilst

the

edge

on the other side

affordp.m.

was a dip of the ground capable of

ing cover from
the

our

fire.

About 8
assailed

camp

was

suddenly
fire

by

heavy musketry

from the deep ravine,

a veritable storm of bullets sweeping the

camp.

All

lights

were

immediately
fell

ex-

tinguished,

and

the

men

in

rapidly
fire

and
on

silently

on the trenches opening

foe,

our

unseen
to

who had
other

gradually
of
the

moved round
camp.
It

the

side

was pitch dark, as

risen
this,
;

the

moon

had not yet

boldened by

and the

enemy, em-

could be heard shouting

in

and beating tom-toms

But,
in spite

close

proximity.

of star shells being fired

by

Captain Birch's battery, very few of them

were seen, and

they

never attempted

to

rush the camp, being contented with pouring in a murderous

fire,

which,
rifles,

as

they

were armed mostly with

soon caused

many

casualties, these

being chiefly amongst

120
the

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
horses

and

transport

mules.
bullet

E verywould

few minutes the **thud" of a

be heard, on which some wretched animal

would rear up and

struggle.

fall

over in

its

death

The
to

fire

was

hottest

on the side occupied

it

by the 38th Dogras, and

was determined
and
clear

make a
out
that

sortie

to

try

the

enemy
on

of the

numerous small ravines

bullets

flank.

The

were

sweep-

ing the ground in such a manner that to

stand up
spite of

meant

almost

certain

death,

in

which several

men

volunteered for

the sortie.

Captain Tomkins,

38th Dogras,
start,

was

at

once shot dead before the

tenant Bailey
of
the
;

and Lieufell

same

regiment

almost simultaneously
ton,

Lieutenant Harring-

26th

Punjab
attached

Infantry,
to

who was
Dogras,

at

that

time

the

was

shot through the head, from the effects of

which

wound

he

afterwards

died

at

Panjkora.

Several

men were

also killed

and wounded

THE MOHMANDS
at this juncture
;

121
fire

in
it

fact,

the enemy's

was so hot

that

was found

impossible

to carry out the sortie,

more

especially as

the

moon had

just risen,

and anyone standits

ing up stood out in silhouette against

light.

P.M.,

The attack and we could

died

away about 11.30

hear the

enemy moving
as

off

and shouting

in

the distance,

they

went towards the Nawagai stream, where

they
All
lit

several bonfires.
till

was quiet

about

A.M.,

when
never

they again
fire

came
a.m.,

on and kept up a hot

without
to

until

break,

attempting,

however,

rush

the

camp.

Among them was

energetic
in

a bugler,

who was most

the deep

his

musical efforts the whole

night

while another

man
of

sat in

nullah

on

one

side

the

camp,

and

shouted out directions to his brethren on

the

other

side.

He

was
as

probably their

instructor
yelling,
**

of

musketry,

he

kept
all

on
your
kill

Shoot low, shoot low,

going high;
kill

bullets are

the pigs,

them

"

He

had hidden himself so

effectu-

122
ally

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
that,

although
it

we

fired

many
he

shots

at

him,

is

probable

that

escaped

untouched.

Next morning the camp was a sad

dead horses and mules lying
place,
all

sight,

over the

among

the tents and shelters

which

had been
the
night,

hurriedly

thrown

down during
was
mourning
officers

and
of

everyone

the sad loss

our brother
killed

and

men who had been

factory warfare.

in

such unsatis-

e'

A SIKH OKUERLY

CHAPTER
PURSUIT

IX

OF

THE
UP

MARCH
SEVERE

INAYAT KILA ENEMY THE MAMUND VALLEY

DIFFICULTIES

FIGHTING

OF

RETIREMENT

TTAVING

ascertained that the

men who
Valley,

had attacked us were a section of the

Bajour tribes living in the

Mamund

General

Jeffreys

at

once

despatched

squadron of the
Captain Cole,

nth Bengal

Lancers, under

in pursuit.

By

dint of hard riding. Cole caught the

enemy near

the village of Inayat Kila, at

the entrance to their valley, killing

many
some
to

of them, and pursuing the remainder

four or five miles before he
retire

was obliged

on Inayat Kila, where he was joined

Guides
Infantry,

by

the

under

Major

Campbell,
123

and

Captain

Birch's

Mountain

124

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
which had been sent out
in

Battery,
port.

sup-

This was, however, too small a force

to follow

up the enemy among the

intricate
hills

defiles of their
so,

rugged and precipitous

Guides,

while

the

supported

by

the

guns, destroyed the fortifications of several

small villages in the vicinity without opposition,

a camping -ground was selected near

Kila,

Inayat

a message having
General
Jeffreys,

been

re-

ceived from

stating

that

he would shortly arrive with

the
brigade.

the

rest

of

This camping - ground

was

chosen by Major Campbell, about a mile

south
well

of

Inayat

Kila,

on an open
nullahs

plain,

away from any

of

which might

give cover to the

enemy

at night,

and the
the

remainder

the

brigade,

including

who had been recalled from the Rambat Pass, arrived in The camp the course of the afternoon.
Buffs and the Sappers,

was

at

once

entrenched,

and

every
attack,

pre-

caution taken

against another

and
shot

the

night
fired.

passed

without

single

being

MAMUND VALLEY
The
was
following day, the
to witness

125

i6th September,
fighting

some of the hardest

which we had yet experienced.

dawn, the bustle and noise of

Long

before

men moving
had

about and preparing their coffee announced

an early

start,

and shortly

after reveille

been sounded, the troops

to marching.

fell

in preparatory

The
:

force

was divided

into

three columns

the right column, consisting

of six companies 38th

Dogras and a de-

tachment of Sappers under Colonel Vivian,

was directed

to cross the Watelai

stream,
villages

and proceed against certain

Mamund
;

on the eastern side of the valley

the
left.

while on

Major

Campbell of the Guides,

of
his

with five companies

regiment and

two of the

Buffs,

had

orders to operate

against several villages on the western side

of the valley, keeping touch with the centre

column, which consisted of four companies

of

the

Buffs,

six

companies of the 35th

Sikhs, four guns of the

Battery,

Peshawar Mountain

and

squadron of cavalry, the

whole under command of Colonel Goldney,

126

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
directed
to

who had been

up the
valley.

move

straight

Colonel Vivian with the

left

column, after
several

having successfully captured

villages,

small

found himself checked by a large

force of the

enemy, who held too strong

a position for him to attack with the force

at his disposal.

He

therefore returned to
p.m.,

camp, arriving there at 4

having had

two men wounded during the day.

The
some
tion,

centre column

meanwhile advanced

six miles

up the valley without opposifirst

the

enemy being
to

reported

at

Badam
sent
to

Kila,

which place a detachment

of the Buffs under Colonel

Ommaney was
The remainder
10.30

dislodge

them.

of the column pushed on, and about

A.M.

the two companies of the 35th Sikhs

leading the advance had occupied a knoll

above the

village of "

Shahi Tangi," which

was the

farthest point reached

by the brigade

that day, being

upwards of nine miles from

camp.

These

two

companies,

while

ad-

vancing on Shahi Tangi, got somewhat too

MAMUND VALLEY
far

127

ahead of

their support,

and were attacked

by the enemy

in such large

numbers that
about a mile.

they were forced

to

retire

This movement was carried out under great

difficulties.

Hampered by

their

wounded,

many
the

of our of

men were

unable to return

fire

the

tribesmen,

who swarmed

round, pouring in a heavy and disastrous

fire at close quarters.

Their

difficulties

increased at every step, as

the Ghazis, seeing their opportunity, pressed

ever closer,

their

swordsmen charging

in

and

cutting

down

the Sikhs in the ranks,

seventeen being

thus

killed

or wounded.

Soon they were unable

rades,

to carry their
;

com-

so depleted were their ranks

and
the

Lieutenant
regiment,

Hughes,
being
shot
left

the

adjutant

of

through

the

body,

was among those

on the ground, shortly by

his

to be recovered, however,

men and

the Buffs
Just as

who
this

arrived in support.

reinforcement took place, a

squadron of the
Cole

nth Bengal Lancers under

and
the
brilliant

dashed

out,

and

128

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
this

opportune charge of

small

handful of

cavalry effectually routed the Ghazis,

many
hills.

of

whom
the
this

were speared before they could

shelter

reach

of

the

adjacent

From
by the

refuge

they were then

ousted

Buffs,

who, driving the enemy before

all

them, soon regained

tribesmen, in their

the lost ground, the

flight,

leaving

many dead

and wounded behind them.

Meanwhile the
Campbell,

left

column, under Major

had

remained

on

the

western

side of the valley

some considerable distance

occupied
in

behind,

being

fully

destroying

the defences of the numerous villages

met

with

shortly

after

leaving

camp.

About
a helio

9 A.M.

Major Campbell

received
to

message from General Jeffreys

as soon as possible

come up

and support the Buffs

and 35th Sikhs, as the enemy were appearing in large numbers from the direction of
the
villages

of

Agrah and Gat, on

of the
all

the

northern

slope

valley.

Campbell

immediately collected
started
off,

his

companies and

joining the centre column about

MAMUND VALLEY
noon.

129
their left

Taking up a

position on

flank along the edge of a broad ravine, that

officer

kept over a thousand of the

enemy

in check.

Many

of these were dressed in

in

khaki closely resembling,

the

distance,

the uniform of our soldiers, and were said

to

be

Umra Khan's men, who had

in

their

headquarters
of Zagai.

the

neighbouring

village

Captain Birch's battery was

all

fully

occupied
in

this

time.

When

the

Buffs arrived

support of the 35th Sikhs, and stormed the

hill

to

recover the position which the two

of

companies

Sikhs

had been forced

to

abandon, Birch brought his guns into action

above Chingai, from where he was able to

do great execution among the

men.

flying tribes-

To

this position

Captain Ryder and

Lieutenant Gunning, with one and a half

companies of the 35th Sikhs, were sent to

hold the high
and,
hill

on the right of the guns,

owing

to subsequent orders not reachhill

ing them, advanced up the

farther than

was

originally intended.
I

; :

I30

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
realised,

This was shortly afterwards

at 3 P.M.,

when,

General Jeffreys ordered the troops

to

to

return

camp

for

the

ridge

which

Ryder and

his

small

party of

Sikhs had

occupied, and along which

they

now comfrom the

in their

menced
line of

to retire, slightly diverged

march which the main body

return to

camp were
in

following.

Ryder soon
position

found
isolated

himself

an

awkward

from the remainder of the force

;

hard pressed by the tribesmen

hampered

by the wounded, and running short of ammunition, he was soon obliged

to

send an

urgent appeal for help.

On
Jeffreys

receipt

of

this

message,

General

ordered
to

the

Guides under Major

;

Campbell
already,

go

to Ryder's assistance

but

before

Campbell

received

these

orders, half

a company of Guides, who were

with the reserve ammunition, had been sent

off

under a native

officer

to try

and join

Ryder's party,

dred feet
moreover,

who were some fifteen hunabove us. As Ryder's party was,

completely out of sight,
bugles

MAMUND VALLEY
as to
their
off

131

were sounded to try and obtain information

whereabouts, while the Guides
to

moved

the

right

flank.

Surgeon-

Lieutenant

Fisher

had

already

made

gallant attempt to reach

Ryder with some

the

dhoolies to carry
finding
it

away

wounded,

but,

impossible to get his dhoolies up

hillside,

the

precipitous

had been obliged

to return.

little

while later and Ryder, with his

Sikhs, could be seen fighting their

way

step

by step down a steep rocky spur south of

the village of Badelai, assisted by the half-

company of Guides, who had

of ammunition.
force

fortunately

been able to reach them with a small supply

Still

the

position of this
critical

was an

extremely

one,

for

the tribesmen, confident that they had cut

off this

small

band from

all

outside help,

now rushed

in with their swords, trying to

overcome by force of numbers the steady

resistance offered them.

Both Ryder and

;

Gunning had been wounded

the latter very

severely, being shot in both the face

and the

132

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
Fortunately

shoulder, besides having received two deep

sword-cuts on the back.

bell,

Camp-

with the remainder of the Guides, soon

hill,

arrived at the foot of the

from where

he was able to deliver several volleys into

the midst of the enemy, which checked their
farther

advance.
of the

Ali

Gul,

an

Afridi

havildar
to

Guides,

then

volunteered

go up the

hill

with ammunition for the

short.

Sikhs,

whose supply had run

Taking as
carry,

many

packets

as

he

could

he climbed

up the

hill,

distributed

the cartridges, and carried back a

wounded

subadar of the Sikhs

an example which

was quickly followed

the

by

his

comrades
the
hill

in

Guides,

who swarmed up
all

to

help in carrying back the wounded Sikhs.

By
valley

the

time they had

reached the
in,

below,

evening was closing

at

and

the
their

main body were

return

some

distance

on

march

to

camp; favoured by

the gathering gloom, the Ghazis closed in on

all

sides,

creeping up the ravines and pourfire

ing in a hot

at

close quarters

on the

MAMUND VALLEY
wounded
of Ryder's party, followed the

133

Guides, who, with the Sikhs and numerous

same

route as the main body.

It

soon became pitch dark, and the

of the march

diffi-

culties

were much increased

burst.

by a heavy storm which now

Amidst

the thunder and rain and the blackness of

the night, this force lost the line of retreat

followed by the remainder of the

brigade,

and but
tinuously

for the vivid lightning

lit

which con-

up

the

scene,

would

have

found
their

it

almost impossible to have

across

made

way

the

deep ravines which

cut
It

up the valley

in all directions.

was 10
at

P.M.

when they reached

the

camp
rain,

Inayat

Kila,

amidst a deluge of

which had converted every small nullah

a roaring torrent.

into

Here they found

that General Jeffreys, with part of his bri-

gade, had not yet returned.*

Two companies

of the Guides had already been despatched

to his assistance
;

for the

remainder of the

* These two companies had been in

camp

all

day.

134

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
was nothing now
to be

force there

done on

such a night but await with anxiety for the

dawn,

officers

and men lying down as they

were, wet through and exhausted with the

hard work of the day.

CHAPTER X
GENERAL JEFFREYS BENIGHTED VILLAGE OF HEAVY THUNDERSTORM LOSSES BILOT PUNITIVE IN THE MOUNTAIN BATTERY

OPERATIONS

r^AWN
and

at

last

appeared,

and with

it

General Jeffreys
Battery,* which,

and the

Mountain

with a section of Sappers

of

twelve

men

the

Buffs,

had

got

separated from the remainder of the Brigade

during the homeward march on the previous

evening.

Benighted, in a country cut up

ravines.
to

by

deep

General

Jeffreys

had
until

decided
daylight,
village, t

bivouac
for

where

he

was

and

this

purpose selected

which had been previously

troops,

set fire
still

to

by our

part of

it

being

in

* Four guns No. 8 British Mountain Battery,

commanded by

Captain Birch, R.A.

t Village of
135

Bilot.

136
flames.

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
Shortly
before
this

village

was

reached, four companies * under Major

Wor-

ledge arrived, but these were at once sent

off to the support of the

Guides, and the

guns, with their small escort, took up their

position in

a re-entering angle formed by

of this
village.

the
at

walls

Defences were

once

formed,

but

most of the mules,

tools,

with the entrenching

to camp, the
their

having gone on

Sappers were obliged to use

in

bayonets

order to throw up the

rough and hasty shelter trench which protected

one

side,

while on

the

other the

gunners
protect

proceeded to make a parapet to

their

guns.

Luckily

the

ground

was

soft,

and the defences thus hurriedly

beginning
to

organised were

take

shape

when some
commenced
the

of the

enemy got
on our

possession of

the unoccupied portion of the village, and

firing

troops.

Although

strength

of the

enemy was unknown.

Two

companies 35th Sikhs, and two companies Guides Infantry.

These had been ordered out from the camp, which Major Worledge

had been

left in

charge of for that day.

JEFFREYS BENIGHTED
and there were but few men
gallant attempt

137

available,

was made
Watson,

to turn

them out

by Lieutenant
returned,

R.E.,

who soon
Although
attempt.

shot through the leg.

wounded, Watson made

another

This was also unavailing, and, being now

badly wounded in both arms, and with two
of
it

his

men
fire

hit,

he was obliged to give

up.

The

which

the
it

enemy brought
clear

to

bear was so hot that

necessary,

appeared absolutely
the the
village

however,
of the

to

so

in

spite

failure

of

former
taking
to

attempts,

Lieutenant

Colvin,

R.E.,

eight

Sappers with him,

being unable

take more for fear of weakening the gun's

escort,

made a

dash
in

into

the

village,

through a doorway

the wall, and climb-

ing up on to the roof of a small house,

fired

into

the

enemy

below.

As

there

proved

to

be

men

all

round
:

them,

the
it

position soon

became untenable
that the village

in fact,

was apparent

was a regular
to our

maze, and being absolutely

unknown

138

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
it

men,

was evidently impossible

to

clear

the place without reinforcements.

By
bolder

this

time

the

enemy had adopted

to

tactics,

trying

rush

our

troops

over the shelter trench, while others fired

over the wall into the small space where

men

and

mules

were

packed
General

together.
Jeffreys,

Casualties

increased.

amongst

others,

was wounded, receiving a

severe cut on the head from a rock thrown

down from above by one

of the

Mamunds.

The left flank of the shelter trench was now thrown back, owing to that part near
the wall being enfiladed, and the men, while

throwing up

this fresh defensive

work, being

forced to fix bayonets lest they should be

rushed by the enemy, were obliged to use

their

hands.

Saddles were taken off the

mules, and these and the ammunition boxes

were the only cover available

force,

for this small

many

of

whom by now had

been

killed or

wounded.

About 9 P.M. it began to rain, this being the first symptoms of the severe thunder-

JEFFREYS BENIGHTED
storm which shortly afterwards broke.

139

The
while

fury with which this storm raged probably

saved

many

casualties

on our

side,

the rain proved a great boon to the wounded,

for

whom

there

was

no water available

otherwise.

The

situation

was rapidly bedropped,

coming
of

critical
still

as our

men

many
of

them

continuing to serve the guns

shelter

and
their

man

the

trench
these

in

spite

wounds,

among

being

Lieu-

tenant Wynter, who, shot through both legs,

remained
from

at his post until,

through faintness

loss of blood,

he could no longer give

orders.

About

midnight,

when

the

storm

had

ceased and the

moon was beginning

to
find

to rise,

a sowar rode

in,

having been sent out by

General Jeffreys'
failing to

Major Worledge
position.
It

appeared

that,

find

the

Guides

whom

he had been previously

sent out

to support.

Major Worledge had

rejoin

attempted to retrace his steps and

the General,
but,

owing

to

the storm, had

for

failed to find him,

and had halted

some

HO

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
critical

time close to Bilot, unaware of the

position of the General within a short dis-

tance of him.

The storm
at

abating, however,

the sound of the guns could be heard, and

a sowar was
the

once despatched to find out

All
anxiety-

General's exact position.

was
four

now
of

over,

for,

reinforced

by

these
cleared
re-

companies,
the

the

enemy were
and
the

out

village,

troops

mained

undisturbed until

daybreak,

when
tents

they proceeded to march home.

Ankle-deep

in

mud,

the
in

sodden

looking limp and dejected

the morning,

the grey of

many

of them knocked over

night, the

by the storm of the previous

camp

was anything

but cheerful

that

morning

and never was sun more welcome than when

it

topped the surrounding

hills,

and sent

its

warm

rays to dry the shivering

garrison,
in,

while the missing troops marched

sore and

foot-

weary,

bearing

a very different
out

aspect to the
to

men who had marched

roll-call

meet the enemy but twenty-four hours

before.

The

of the

various

regi-


JEFFREYS BENIGHTED
merits

141

now showed
and

us the

full

extent of
;

our losses.
officers
killed,

These were
thirty -six

fairly

heavy

two

men having been

five

while the

wounded numbered
hundred

officers

and

one

and

two men.

The mountain

battery had fared badly, hav-

ing lost an officer and six

men

killed with

twenty-two wounded, besides having thirty-

one mules

killed.

The

following are the

names of

British
:

officers killed

and wounded

in this action

KILLED
Lieutenant A. T. Crawford, Royal Artillery. Lieutenant V. Hughes, 35th Sikhs.

WOUNDED
Captain

W.

J.

Ryder, attached 35th Sikhs.

Lieutenant 0. G. Gunning, 35th Sikhs.

Lieutenant G. R. Cassels, 35th Sikhs. Lieutenant T. C. Watson, Royal Engineers.

Lieutenant F. A. Wynter, Royal Artillery.

Next day, the i8th September, saw us

once more on our way up the
punish the Mamunds.
in

valley,

to

Marching out early

to

the

morning,

we proceeded

attack

142
"

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
a
strongly -fortified
valley,

Damadolah,"

village
six

on the eastern side of the

some

miles distant from the camp.

The

valley
after

looked
its

wonderfully

green
rain,

and fresh
even the
a

recent

shower of

bleak Afghan
of

hills

had donned
colours.

new garment Damadolah lay at

surrounded

variegated

the foot of one of these

hills,

by crops of

millet

and

Indian corn, through

the
flash of the

which we could see

as,

enemy's sword-blades,

summoned by
parties of

the

sound of the tom-tom,

all

them hastened from

parts of

the valley to the support of their comrades.

We
path,

had been obliged

to follow a

winding

along a deep ravine,

into the open,

and had only

debouched

about two thou-

sand yards from the enemy's position, our

appearance being the signal for the enemy
to "fall in,"

and as we advanced we could

see

them

making
attack.
lost.

their

dispositions

to

meet our

No
38th

time was

The
the

35th Sikhs and

in

Dogras,

with

Buffs

support,

,,

JEFFREYS BENIGHTED
stormed
tribesmen
the

143
the

heights

on either
attempt

flank,

making

no

to

stand,

while the Guides advanced straight on the

village,

which was captured and destroyed

without any loss on our side.

retired to the heights above,

The enemy
and kept up

a desultory
to collect

fire,

checked

in all their attempts

fire

in

any force by the

which
hill.

of the
the

mountain
whole

battery,

commanded
Our

face

of

the

transport

having loaded up with the captured grain,

we

returned to camp, followed up by the

in

enemy, who, however, never succeeded

getting to
close

quarters.

Our

casualties

during the whole day were two killed and

six

wounded.
the 19th a foraging party was sent

On
miles

to collect

grain

from a village some three

from

camp.
found,

Large
mostly

quantities

of

grain

were

buried

under-

ground, but owing to the fresh appearance

of the flattened
soil,
-

we were
places

able to dis-

cover

these

hiding

without

much

difficulty.

The

tribesmen

made no attempt

144
to

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
us,

engage
in

owing
open

to

the village
close

being
to

situated

the

valley,

our

camp.

The

following day the whole brigade was

ordered out, the intention being to attack

Umra
at the

Khan's

village,

Zagai,

which stood

head of the

valley,

some seven or

eight miles distant.

Attacking a village

in the

Mamund
to

Valley

had

for all of us

by now a monotony which

the

was only varied according

amount

of opposition offered, and to the losses

suffered.

we

Every attack took place under

similar

almost

circumstances.

On

nearing

the village, the tribesmen would beat their

tom-toms, and thus

summon

their

comrades

from

all

parts

of the valley;

white and
strange and

green standards,

bearing

the

weird device of a blood-red hand,

would

be seen heading parties of hurrying Ghazis,

eager for the coming combat
;

their

curved

swords
the

glistening

in

the

bright

sunlight,

swordsmen would gather on the tops

hills,

of the

ready for their downward rush,

JEFFREYS BENIGHTED
a Ghazi,

145

while behind every rock and stone crouched

rifle

in

hand, awaiting our arrival.

little

There was but

variation this time.

hill

On
the

Hearing the foot of the

village,

we found

as

usual,

occupying a strong
cliffs

position, protected

by the overhanging

and
on

steep,

ragged spurs which ran down

it.

either side of

These spurs were

Infantry and the

told

off to

the Guides

Buffs,

while the

38th

Dogras advanced

straight

on

the

village,

the

35th

Sikhs

being

held in reserve.

The Guides gained possession of their spur without much difficulty, but on the
right

the Buffs

met with some opposition

in

from the tribesmen, who poured

fire

a hot
Buffs,

on our advancing
drove
all

troops.

The
in

however,

before

them

their

steady and determined

casualties

advance.
as

Eleven
seconds,
officers,

occurred

in

many
their

among

these

being two

of

Lieutenants

Keene and
either

Power,

both

of

whom
The

were severely wounded.

heights on
side

being

cap-

146

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
Dogras rushed the
village,

tured, the
in

and

a few minutes fortifications and towers

air,

were seen hurtling through the

from the
hills

while,

around,

came the echo

were
thus

of

the explosion.

While
destroyed,
collecting

the

defences
of the

being

many

enemy were seen

valley.
left

on the other side of the

to

These threatened
flank,

work round our

of

but the appearance

a squadron

of the

them.
lest

nth Bengal Lancers soon checked The tribesmen, always in terror

be
caught
in

they should
cavalry,

the

open

by the

were thus practically kept

the

hors de combat for

day,

remainder of the
completed,

and,

our

operations

we

returned to

camp without

further casualties.

CHAPTER
POSITION

XI
AT

OF

FIRST

BRIGADE

NAWAGAI
NIGHT

THE HADDA MULLAH GENERAL ATTACKS WOUNDED

TWO

WODEHOUSE

IVAEANWHILE
camped
a
watershed
Valley
plain
at at

the Third Brigade were

Nawagai, having crossed

the

and

taken

end of the Watelai up a position on the

which stretches from the small village

and

fort of

Nawagai
Pass,
to

to the hills

around the

Bedmanai

where the Hadda Mullah

have collected
night
attack
of
his
forces.

was reported

Owing

to

the

the

15th,

with the consequent turning aside of General

Jeffreys' brigade,

a considerable change

in

plans

was now necessary, and Sir Bindon

stay

Blood determined to
until

where he was,

the
147

arrival

of

General EUes' force

148

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
him
to

should enable

attack
in

the

Hadda
and

Mullah

in his stronghold

the

hills,

clear out the

Bedmanai Pass and neighbour-

ing valleys with completeness.

Great

pressure

was
at

being put
this

on the
both by
his

Khan
the

of

Nawagai

time,

neighbouring tribes and

by
to

own
is

people, in order to induce

him
;

withdraw

from his support of our troops

small doubt that
if
it

and there

had not been

for the

presence of the Third Brigade at Nawagai,

the

Khan would
to fly

either

have been obliged

or

to join

the hostile

tribes,

would
in

have
which

been forced

from the valley,

case the whole of his people, consisting of

the most numerous and best-armed portion

of
Bajour,

would have risen

against

us.

Not only would

enormous force

we

thus

have

had

an

to contend with,

but there

would also have been great danger of the

movement spreading up
for

to

Dir and Chitral,

although the

Nawab
the

of Dir had hitherhis authority,

it

to

been able to assert

that,

is

certain

in

case

of

combined

THE HADDA MULLAH

tribal

149

movement,
on
his

no

reliance

could

be

placed
the

levies,

and neither he nor

would be strong

Khan
to

of

Nawagai

enough

stem the rising tide of fanaticism.

importance of the posiat

The

strategical

tion of the

Third Brigade
it

Nawagai was
the

therefore

immense, as

divided

two

hostile forces, the

Hadda
joining

Mullah's and the

the
:

Mamunds,
of the

and

prevented

remainder
although,

country

them

with hostile tribes in rear, and the possibility

of the

Nawagai people

rising in

arms

against us, the force was not strong enough

to attack the

Hadda Mullah
miles long.

in his strong-

hold in the Bedmanai Pass, a defile some

seven

or

eight

For

if

the

Brigade

had moved
Mullah's

forward

against

the

Hadda
force

tribesmen,
left

a considerable

must have been

behind to guard

the camp,

which from a strength of only

three battalions could not have been spared.

To

the foot of the high

hills

which rose

on either side of the Bedmanai Pass some

seven miles from our camp, the intervening

I50

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
flat,

ground was a

waterless plain,

favourhills,

able for cavalry, until close under the

where the

ground became deeply cut up

by

ravines.

Our camp was

situated within

reach of a stream which ran through the

village

of

Nawagai, from which we were

distant about one mile.

A
the

few days were

country;
the

spent

in

reconnoitring

cavalry penetrating
to

some twenty-two miles

few miles north

Ato Khel, a

village a

of the Nahaki (or Nakki) Pass, over which

General EUes
reconnaissance,

was

daily

expected.

The

which was made by Major

Captain
the

Beatson

and
of

Stanton* with one

Bengal
of

squadron
obtained

nth
it

Lancers,

no

news,

however,

General

E lies'
route.

force,

and

was evident that he

difficulties

had been delayed by the

of the

The Hadda

Mullah's gathering was

to

meanwhile reported
in

be daily increasing

numbers, and whenever our patrols aphills,

proached the

they were fired on by

small parties and scouts of the enemy.

*

D.A.Q.M.G.

for intelligence.

THE HADDA MULLAH

Our
force
17th.
first

151
in

meeting

with

the

enemy
of

occurred

on

the

afternoon
fifteen

the

We
Hadda
at

saw about
Mullah's

hundred of
apparently

the

clansmen

advancing on our camp, when the brigade

was

once

turned
us,

out

but

as

the

enemy, on seeing
the
hills,

remained close under

with

network

of

ravines

between
to

our
to

two
close

forces,

we were unable
owing
to

come

quarters

ap-

proaching night.

few shots

were

ex-

changed, and our Mountain Battery dropped

a shell or two amongst them,

after

which

we

returned
;

home
fight

lest

we

should be be-

nighted

a
to

prospect

which

meant
to

our

having
through

our

way back
with

camp
ad-

several

ravines,

every

vantage on the side of the enemy.

The
tion

next

day heliographic communica-

was opened with General

had
arrived

E lies'
top

force,

which

on

the

of

the

Nahaki

Pass,

and

on the
this

following

day
re-

instructions,

through

means,

were

ceived stating that

we were

to join General

152

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
in

Jeffreys

the

Mamund

Valley.

It

was

not practicable, however, to carry out these

instructions until General Elles should arrive

on the Nawagai Plain

of

to protect the

Khan
num-

Nawagai
which

from

the

Hadda
reported

Mullah's
to

force,

was

now

ber over four thousand men.

stay here

During our
parties

"snipers" and

small

of
the

the

enemy hung about our camp on

to
;

lookout

cut

up any stray members of

no
lives,

our force

but hitherto

soldiers

or
to

fol-

lowers had lost their

strict

owing

the
to

regulations

that

were

enforced

prevent straggling on the march and straying from camp.

That morning, however,

Queen's
to

private

of

the

West Surrey
death
while

Regiment

was

stabbed

standing within three yards of his piquet.

So sudden was

the rush of the three

in

men

who

crept

up

the dark to commit this

deed, that they had disappeared under cover

of the

network of deep ravines that

sur-

rounded the camp before the

time to
fire.

piquet had

THE HADDA MULLAH

About
five
in

153

the evening,

the

enemy

again appeared in the plain, at the mouth

of the

Bedmanai

Pass.
at

We
to

turned out,

more
else,

to

have a look
it

them than anything

engage them
camp.

as

was too
distance
to

late

at

such

from from
who,

There
three

appeared
thousand

be
them,

two
on

to

of

our

appearin the

ance, fired off their jezails

air,

and guns

shouting
their

and

dancing,

presumably

to

show
tance

defiance,
us,

keeping at some
until

dis-

from

however,

we

retired,

when they advanced,

camp,

following us

up

to

and
us

the

Khan
they

of

Nawagai's
to

son

informed

that

meant

attack

before morning.
All
II
P.M.

seemed
a

quiet

that

night

until

at

couple of

hundred swordsmen,
ravine
to

having crept up

within

fifty

yards of our camp, suddenly charged that

portion
I

of

it

which was defended by the

St

Battalion

Queens West Surrey Regihail

ment.

They were met by such a

of

bullets that

most of them stopped, and of

154

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
man
reached our line

the remainder not a

alive.

The main body

to follow

of the

enemy were meantheir first party

while in reserve, waiting for their opportunity

up the rush of

if

they should succeed in penetrating our

but finding their
first

lines,

effort

so

easily

re-

pulsed, they attempted to rush

other parts

of the

camp,

only in a half-hearted

way,

withdrawing soon after to engage the

of

Khan
they

Nawagai's men, who were on outpost

about

duty

mile

distant.

This

evidently

found

more

congenial

work as
ended
after

a brisk skirmish ensued, which

in

finally

the

enemy's disappearance

soon

midnight.

Our

casualties in
soldier

this

skirmish

were

one

British

killed

and

one

severely

wounded.

Several

horses

and

transport animals were killed and disabled.

The
to

next day Sir Bindon Blood received

a message from General Elles, asking him

meet him on the 21st

at Lakerai, about

ten miles distant, to which place he would

march with

his

First Brigade.

This was

THE HADDA MULLAH

to return to the

155

good news, as Sir Bindon, who was anxious

Mamund
to

Valley,
to

where the
severe,

opposition

seemed

likely

be

would now be able

the following day.

leave

Nawagai on

That afternoon, news

in

having been brought

tingent

that

a large conthe
Suffi

of

Shinwarris,

under

Mullah, had arrived in the Bedmanai Pass

to reinforce the

Hadda
pass.

Mullah's gathering,

a reconnaissance in force was made to the

mouth of the

The enemy showed

force,

themselves in considerable

but were

evidently averse to coming within effective

range of our guns, but during our return

to

camp they

followed us

up,

as

on the

previous occasion, keeping well under the

the
the
hills,

lest

we

should

catch
last

them on
seen,
just

open

plain,

and when
in,

before darkness set

miles

they were only two

in

from

camp.

They were

large
in-

numbers, afterwards estimated from the

formation brought in at five thousand men,

and

they

had evidently been worked up

pitch

to the

highest

of fanaticism

by the

156

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
the plain, beating
yelling

way they advanced over

tom-toms,

and

dancing

wild

Khattak dance, with a vast expenditure of

ammunition.
After
these

warlike

demonstrations,
at about
silently

we
p.m.,

were not surprised when,

the

enemy who had

crept

up the

deep nullahs around the camp, attempted

to rush us simultaneously

from three
but,

sides.

We

were well prepared,

the
first

owing

to the

pitch darkness,

few minutes were

rather

warm

work, as the enemy's swordsmen

simply hurled
trenchments,
losses
;

themselves
utterly

against

our enof
their

regardless

and
an

if

they had once succeeded in

the
large

forcing

entrance,

numbers

with which they would at once have poured

in,

together with the confusion

at least

consequent

on the darkness, must

in

have resulted

heavy

losses

to

the

defenders.
fire

As

it

was, the steadiness of the

of our infantry

made
lines,

it

an impossibility to penetrate our

although

many

of

the

enemy were
Case

found dead on our entrenchments.

THE HADDA MULLAH

shot,

157
shell,

shrapnel,
all fired

and

at

intervals

star

were
tain

with great effect by the

Mounpour in

Battery,

the illumination of the latter

infantry to

projectile enabling our

the most deadly volleys into bodies of the

enemy, occasionally
tance
;

at

few yards'

dis-

for so

dark was the night, that at

it

any distance over twenty yards'

possible to see anything.

was im-

The enemy soon

in

completely surrounded our camp, and from

the
hills

and ravines around us poured

fire,

a steady

under cover of which their

spite
first

swordsmen,

in

of

all

reverses,
side,

made
an

repeated rushes,
another,
entrance.
in

on one

then on
force

futile

attempts

to

We
when

had struck
occasion

all

our tents, and, except

all

demanded, we

lay

flat

on the ground, while the camp was meanwhile swept by bullets, a

number of them
Lee
-

from
rifles,

Martini
which,

Henry and

Metford

with a varied assortment of

Sniders,
peaters,

Tower muskets,
and sporting
rifles,

Winchester

re-

and the

not-to-

158

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
jezail,

be-despised

made up

their

arsenal,

while they evidently possessed

no lack of
till

ammunition, the attack being kept up

shortly after
fire

a.m.,

up

to

which time the

never slackened.

Occasionally a

mad

fanatical

rush would be made, only to be

bullets,

met by a storm of
even the Ghazis

through which
penetrate.
It

failed

to

was rumoured that the tribesmen were so

certain

of

capturing our

camp,

that

they

had brought baggage animals to carry away

the loot.

Considering the heavy

subjected to
for

fire

we were
the

thus

five

hours,
to

our casualties
efficacy

were

light,

largely

owing

of the earthwork

camp, and to
not

we had made round our the reserves and all men

in

employed

manning the defensive

to lie

work being made

down.

Our
the

Brigadier, General

Wodehouse, was
early

unfortunately
attack,

shot

at

an

phase
to

of

having

walked
Blood.

up

confer

with

Sir

Bindon
the
leg

He

was
-

shot

through

with

Martini

Henry

THE HADDA MULLAH

bullet,

159

which, fortunately, missed the bone.

total

Our

casualties

during

this

attack
officer,

were thirty-two, one other

Veterinary
officer
-

British

Captain Mann, and one native

being

wounded,

and

one

British

soldier killed.

Of

the remainder
to

who were
British,

wounded, three

belonged

the

and nineteen

to the native ranks.

Besides

these losses, one hundred and fifteen horses

and

transport

animals

were

killed

and

wounded.

The enemy's

losses

were

very

heavy,

numbers of them being found lying dead

on our entrenchments the following morning.
It

was

ascertained

afterwards

that

the

villages

within

our vicinity lost three

killed

hundred

and

thirty

alone,

and

numbers of dead and wounded must have

been
distant

carried

over
;

the

passes

to

their

homes

while the contingent

from

Afghan
to

territory

were

reported

not only
lost

have suffered heavily, but to have

heart and retired over the border.

The

effect

of the repulse of the attack,

i6o
in

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
of the promises
to

the face

made by

the

two

Mullahs

these

credulous

hillmen,
entire

was the rapid dismemberment of the

gathering,

which

was

reported

to

have

practically dispersed

by the 22 nd, with the

Mullah's personal

exception of the
following.
It

Hadda

was a queer scene

gave up

that

presented

it-

self to

our eyes when the enemy, shortly

all

after 2 a.m.,

hope of rushing our

camp, and

left

us free to count up the cost

All

of the night's events.

the tents were

down, looking

like so

many

corpses in the
in the

dim

light of
it

a rising moon, for even

hospital

had

been found impossible to

light burning,

keep the tents pitched or a

owing

to the

heavy

fire

that

was

at

once

directed on them, and our

wounded

lay in

rows on the ground, their wounds having

been dressed under the combined disadvantages of a pitch dark night and a hailstorm
of bullets.

On

all

sides horses

and transport

animals lay dead and dying, the casualties

among animals having been most

severe,

THE HADDA MULLAH

especially

i6i

among
in

the

nth Bengal
and the

Lancers,*
cavalry

one of the best

regiments

mounted

native

India,

fatality

with

which one's most cherished pony or charger

fell

a victim to war on this occasion, leaving

the cheap and unvalued

hack

untouched,

proved a subject
than one
officer

for

lamentation for more

on the following morning.

The
foe,

last

farewell shot having been fired

in the distance

by the rapidly disappearing

its

the

camp soon resumed

in

normal aspect

and, wrapt

slumber,

a peaceful
the

silence,

unbroken

by aught

save

occasional

challenge of a sentry,

succeeded

the

dis-

cordant noise of the recent combat.

Late "Probyn's Horse."

CHAPTER
ARRIVAL OF GENERAL

XII
CAPTURE OF

ELLES
PASS

THROUGH THE THE HADDA MULLAH's JAROBI GORGE HOME BURNT FURTHER OPERATIONS IN THE MAMUND VALLEY

THE

BEDMANAI

nPHE

following day,

Sir
at

Bindon

Blood

met General

Elles

Lakerai,

and

arranged to leave with him our Third Brigade,

the

command

of which had

now devolved who

Elles

on Lieutenant-Colonel Graves, 39th Garhwalis, in place of

General Wodehouse,
while

was

wounded

and

General

thus reinforced could deal with the

Hadda

Mullah's gathering,

General

Blood would

proceed at once to Inayat Kila to join his

Second Brigade,
General Jeffreys

at present
in the

engaged under
Valley.

Mamund

General

Elles

accordingly

took

up
162

CAPTURE OF BEDMANAI PASS

position, with the

163

two brigades he now had

at his disposal, at the foot of the

Bedmanai

Pass,

near

the

village

and every preparation

night of the

Kuz Chinarai was made on the

of
the

23 rd for the attack on

pass the

following morning.

The
in the

troops

were

in the best of spirits at the

prospect

of at last getting

some reward,

shape

of a good fight, for the arduous marching

and road-making they had already undergone.

of the
scarcely

There seemed,
fight

too,

every chance
one,
for

proving a stubborn
''lights

had

out"

sounded

when

the

enemy commenced

''sniping" heavily

into camp.

No

actual attack

on the camp,
parties

however,

was made, though small

of tribesmen advanced with great

close to the entrenchments.
efforts,

rashness

The enemy's

although continued until past mid-

night,
ties

were

fruitless,

there being no casualnight.

on our side during the

next

The
was a

morning

at

6.30

the

troops

paraded for the attack.

low,
conical
hill

The

first

objective
at

and a

village

i64
the

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
mouth of the
pass,

which was found

on approach to be occupied by the enemy.

General
entrusted
pass,
off to

Westmacott s

brigade

was

then

with the further

attack

on the
told

and General Graves' brigade was

guard against a flank
it

attack

from

the direction of Mittai, where

considerable
collected.

was known

bodies

of

the

enemy were
were ordered
hills

The

20th Punjab Infantry, with

support,

the ist Gurkhas in

to

make

the assault, and to secure the

the pass.
out, the

commanding

This was gallantly carried

contesting every
inch

enemy
but

of the

ground,

with their numbers evidently

since
their

much reduced
losses
at

defeat

and

heavy

Nawagai, only a small gathering of some

eight hundred of

them opposed our

after
feet

troops,
finally

who,

clearing

ridge

ridge,

crowned a peak 2500

It

above the

pass.

appeared that the

tribal leaders

had ex-

pected an attack from the direction of the

Mittai
Valley,

and

had,
It

consequently,
shortly
after

divided their forces.

was

CAPTURE OF BEDMANAI PASS

midday when the pass and the
looking
assault
it

165
overthis

hills

were

in

our hands,

and

had been accomplished with a

loss of

only two
all

men

killed

and three wounded

belonging to the 20th Punjab Infantry.

fled

The Hadda Mullah

Suffi

from the
;

field at

a very early phase of the action

but the

Mullah was seen constantly rallying

followers,

his

fugitive

with,

however,
capture

but

small
pass,

success.

After

the

of the

General

Westmacott's
village,

brigade

ad

vanced to Bedmanai
there
;

and encamped
brigade re-

whilst General

Graves

turned to

camp near Kuz

Chinarai.

On
to

the 25th, the former brigade marched

village situated at the

Tor Khel, a
the
Jarobi

mouth
this

of

gorge,

through

which

force

was shortly

to penetrate

and wreak a

well-merited vengeance on the

home

of the

Hadda

Mullah.
;

This gorge was a veritable

cliffs

death-trap

with precipitous

on either

side, the crests of

which were well wooded

it

with pine and walnut-trees,

would have
if

been an awkward place to force

held

i66

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
foes.

by a few determined
opposition

Luckily,

the
force

was

slight,

and a small

under General EJles pushed through, burning the towers and forts of what formerly
constituted

the

Hadda

Mullah's sanctuary.

The
a
far

retirement to camp, however, proved

harder task, the tribesmen harassing

returning

the

force

through

the

narrow

gorge, and had not the troops been handled

with great

skill,

the losses would have indeed

total casualties

been heavy.

Our

during the
killed

day's operations were one

man

and

seventeen wounded.
night,

During the following

firing

there

was the usual desultory

which resulted
in

into

camp,

two sepoys
killed.

being wounded and a camel-driver

On

the

26th

the

force

marched

to

Lakerai, and

thence via the

Gandab

valley,

towards Peshawar, where they were merged

into the Tirah Field Force,

which was about

to start operations against the Afridis.

In the meantime, Sir Bindon Blood, with

the headquarter
staff

and

two

squadrons

nth Bengal

Lancers, had arrived at Inayat

CAPTURE OF BEDMANAI PASS

Kila,

167

where
still

he

found
in

General

Jeffreys'

brigade
the

engaged

operations against

Mamunds, who,

in spite of the punish-

ment they had

received,

were

still

obdurate.
lies

The
and

land occupied by this clan

partly

over the

border within

Afghan

territory,

to this fact

may be

assigned one reason,

for the long-con-

and perhaps the chief one,

tinued obstinacy with which they held out

against our troops
;

refusing point-blank to

comply with our terms, which included the

restoration of the sixteen rifles taken during

the

recent

action

on the

i6th.

They

ad-

mitted having taken part in the attack on

Chakdara, and

in

defence of their action on

that occasion they naively

gave the old and

oft-repeated excuse of having only followed

the example of the rest of the world.

With

the

Inconceivable

conceit

of

the

Pathan, they offered in reparation for their

misdeeds a few useless old

jezalls

and

fire-

arms, which might have been of

some value
from a

to a collecter of antique relics, but

military

point

of

view

would have

been

i68
gladly

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
left

in

the hands of our

enemies
to

if

they could

have been

persuaded

use

them.
their

The Mamunds had indeed proved courage in many a hard-fought action,

is

but

it

doubtful

if

they could have profire off

duced a warrior bold enough to

any

one of the various firearms they were good

enough

to surrender

on

this occasion.

Hostilities

were

accordingly

continued.

On

the 22 nd, part of the force marched up

the valley to a village

named Dag, whence

;

we brought back
made no
quarters.
killed,

fodder and grain

our re-

tirement being followed up by the enemy,

attempt, however, to

who

come
in

to close

We

had one man

in the

the Guides

and two

35th Sikhs wounded.

attacked
the
fortified

The
able

next day

we

village of Tangi, taking with us

a consider-

number of

transport
at first in

animals.

The
what

enemy appeared
but by this time

small

numbers,

we had
round
position

learnt with

remarkable rapidity their numbers increased

as

they

swarmed

to

harass

our

retirement.

The

was soon cap-

CAPTURE OF BEDMANAI PASS

tured,

169

and the transport mules having been

with

loaded

immense
found
as

quantities

of grain

and

fodder,

usual

buried

and

hidden away in the

village,

the

retirement

was commenced under cover of the guns,

which
closing
effectually
in.

prevented

the

tribesmen
Buffs,

Major Moody, of the

received a
as
it

wound

in the neck, which, slight

was

at the time, caused

him

consider-

able inconvenience afterwards.

Lieutenant

Reeves of the same regiment had a rather

curious escape, a bullet striking his revolver

and glancing

off

through his

belts.

The
much

Buffs,

who had been ordered

left

to join

the Tirah Field Force,

to the regret

us on the 25th,
force,

of our

a regret
;

which the

Mamunds

could not have shared

for the regiment,

under the trying conditions

of this guerilla warfare, had fully maintained

its

reputation, earned

by some two centuries

of distinguished service.

A
for

cessation

of

hostilities

now

occurred

a few days, as the tribesmen had sent in

ask our terms.

to

The

jirga,

which was

I70

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
by
our
political
officers,

interviewed

Mr
Rs.
in-

Davies

and

Mr

Gunter,

brought

in

4000;
sisted
rifles,

but on hearing that our terms

on the restoration of the captured

stated that these

had gone over the

border and were unobtainable.

They were

given up to the 29th to accede to our terms

and

in

the

meantime

Sir

Bindon Blood,

having been ordered to proceed at once to

Peshawar
Division

to

assume command of the

Field
Force,

ist

Tirah

marched

to

Panjkora, which he had no sooner reached

than

news

of

such

disquieting
valley

nature
that

arrived

from the

Mamund

he

was forthwith obliged

to return there.

The

outlook in this region was by no means a

peaceful one.

In spite of their sending in a jirga to

negotiate,
it

appeared that the

;

Mamunds
and, having

had no intention of submitting

obtained a large supply of

rifle

ammunition
their

and some reinforcements from

over the border, they were
for

friends

now prepared

a fresh campaign.

CHAPTER
ATTACK ON AGRAH
INFANTRY

XIII

AND GAT ARRIVAL OF FIELD BATTERY AND HIGHLAND LIGHT

SKIRMISH

AT

BADELAI

RAHIM SHAH

nPHE

geographical position of this petty

tribe

undoubtedly lent
;

itself to

a long

and protracted warfare

the
border,

being situated on

the

tribesmen

who occupied
were
in

land within

Afghan
and

territory,

most
that

secure

happy

position.
is

With
one

neighbourly solicitude which

of the chief characteristics of these Asiatic

people, they were able to cross the border

and bring
the
into

their forces to the assistance

of

Mamunds, whom they thus

hostilities

lured

on

with

our

troops,
if

with the

comforting assurance that

could
171

repulsed,

they

retire

back to

their

homes, secure

172

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN

from the retribution which would certainly

overtake their friends on this side of the
border
;

while success, on

the other hand,

opened glorious visions of a massacre of

the
infidel,

with a share in the rich loot

to be afterwards obtained.

General Jeffreys had

operations.

now recommenced
September an
fortified

On

the

30th

attack in force
villages villages

was made on the

Gat.

of

Agrah and
the

These

two

occupied

strongest

strategical
;

position of

any we had yet seen

perched

on the lower slope of a steep and rugged

hill,

and mutually supporting

each

other,

they were protected on either side by high

rocky spurs, while the rough boulders and

loose stones which
foretold
infantry.

strewed the foreground

for

an arduous climb

our attacking
the valley, the

As we marched up

tom-toms of the tribesmen could be heard

with great distinctness in the
air
;

still

morning

and as we approached

nearer,

we

could

gradually

make

out their forces holding the

spurs and high

cliffs

commanding

the villages.

ATTACK ON AGRAH AND GAT

To
large

173

our

left

lay an offshoot to the valley,

covered

with

scrub

jungle,

down

which

numbers of the enemy could be seen

This was

hastening to join their comrades.

soon checked, however, by the appearance

of our cavalry, two squadrons of the Guides
urnler
at

Colonel

Adams,
a

effectually

keeping

bay

over

thousand

Ghazis.

Un-

accustomed to horses, these tribesmen have

the most exaggerated notions of the power of cavalry
;

and on

this

occasion, in

spite

of the high jungle and the ground being

utterly

unsuitable

for

cavalry movements,

they would

not venture

anywhere within

striking distance.

The
be
position

village

of

Agrah was the

glance
it

first

to

attacked.

at

the

enemy's

had made

obvious that the spurs

on either side must be captured before the

village

commanded by them
stormed.
to

could be sucInfantry

cessfully

The Guides
clear

were therefore ordered

to

the

spur

the

left;

the

31st

Punjab

Infantry,

supported by the 38th Dogras, the centre

174

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
two
villages,

ridge between the

while the

Royal West Kent advanced straight up the

hill

on the right of the Guides.

the advance taking place, the Pathan

On

and Afridi companies of the Guides dashed

up the

hill

with a wild

yell,

which

intimi-

dated the tribesmen to such an extent, that

although they poured in a heavy
fire,

this

spur was taken without a single casualty,

while

many

of the

enemy were
which
the

shot

down
crest.

in their panic-stricken flight

from the
31st

The

ridge

up

were

stubbornly fighting their

way was by no

means so
sisted,
fields,

easily taken.

The ground

con-

for

the most part,

of high-terraced

commanded by
here
that

strongly-built sungars
at the top,

amongst the huge boulders

it

and
fell

was

Colonel
while

O'Brien

mortally

wounded

gallantly

leading

on

his

men

to

the

assault.

In spite of
killed,

their

commanding
Fegan s

officer

being

the
of

31st pushed

on under the covering

fire
;

Major

Mountain

Battery

these

guns, with the greatest precision, dropping

ATTACK ON AGRAH AND GAT

shell

175

after

shell

amongst
having
to
their

the

Mamunds,
still

who,
stuck

although
manfully

lost

heavily,

position,

and as

many

of the huge rocks and boulders proved

fire,
it

impervious to artillery

was only the

finally

bayonets of our sepoys that

turned

them

out.

now joined by the West Kent, who came down from the spur on
31st were

The

the

left,

burning the village of Agrah on

their way,

and proceeded

to drive the

enemy
the
half a

out of several strong positions above

village

of Gat.

It

was here

that

company of
Ghazis,

the

West Kent, on reaching a

by a
lot

sungar, were suddenly charged

of

and

in

the

melee which ensued,

killed

many

of the

West Kents were

officer,

and

wounded,

their

2nd

Lieutenant
first

Browne Clayton, being one

of the

to

be cut down, his body being almost at once

recovered by a gallant dash under Major

Western.

Owing
impossible

to the

day being

far spent,

it

was

to

attempt

any further opera-

176
tions.

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
The
troops

had not only a march

to

of

some ten miles

make
tasks,

before reaching

camp, but there was also before them that

most

difficult
hill

of

all

the

retirement

down
and

in

the
foe.

presence

of

brave
their

fanatical

Hampered with
on
all

wounded, and assailed

storm of
bullets,

sides

by a

the

slightest

appearance

of confusion or hurry on

the part of our

rear-guard would cause the

enemy
force.

to

swoop
this

down

in

overwhelming
the

On
men,

occasion

steady

fire

of

our

as

they worked their

tion

way with a slow

us
to

delibera-

down

hill,

enabled

reach the

welcome
ties,

plain

below with but few casualto

their
retire-

and the Mamunds, contrary

usual tactics, forbore to follow

up our

ment

to

camp

that evening.

Our

casualties this

day were 6i

among
and

these the

somewhat disproportionate number

British
officers

of eight

being
lost

killed

wounded.

The
ill

service

had
in

two

officers

who

could

be spared

Colonel O'Brien
of

and Lieutenant

Browne Clayton, both

ATTACK ON AGRAH AND GAT

whom
died,
fitted to

177

however, In the manner best

a soldier

at the

head of the men

they were so gallantly leading.

Six

officers

had been wounded

Captains
R.

namely.
C.

Major
and N.

Western,

Style

H. Lowe, Lieutenants H. Isacke

and F. A. Jackson of the Royal
B. Peacock,

(severely)

West Kent, and Lieutenant E.

31st Punjab Infantry.

Two
force,

days'
rest

rest

were now given to the

after

which was very welcome

of
the
last

the

fighting

fortnight.

Sir

Bindon

Blood,

who had now

transferred

his headquarters to Inayat Kila,

had ordered

up the Field Battery and Highland Light

Infantry,

the
to

latter

regiment

having

the

bad luck

arrive

on the evening of the

3rd October, the day which was destined

to

witness the last of our attacks on the

villages.

Mamund
Our
village
itself to

objective this day

was " Badelai," a

its

which,

owing

to

position,

lent
part,

a strategic movement on our

which proved a complete success.

General

178

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
up the valley
Agrah, the village where

Jeffreys led the force straight

in the direction of

the severe fighting of three days back had

occurred,

and

towards

which
all

the

enemy
Badelai,

commenced streaming from

valley.

parts of the

Not
of

until

we had passed
right,

which lay to our

the head
the

was the

direction of

column
thus

changed.

The
thrown

tribesmen
off

were

completely

the

scent,

and our sudden march on

have

Badelai
to

must

come

as

surprise

them.

Our
and the

attack
village

was

almost

un-

opposed,

had been burnt

arrived

before the

enemy's
then
hills

forces

on the
to

scene

even

they
in

were

unable

work round the

retirement until
reached.
follow us

time to harass our

plain

the

level

had been
to

In

revenge,

they attempted
to

up during our return

camp,

but soon discovered that the level ground

gave us many advantages over them, advantages which had been hitherto balanced

by

their superior mobility

this

on the

hill-side.

Their losses on

day must have been

ATTACK ON AGRAH AND GAT

they

179

heavy, owing to the boldness with which

advanced

over

the

open

ground,

affording a
tain
light,

good target

to our

two Mounwere very

Batteries.

Our

casualties

two

men
is

being killed

and sixteen

wounded.
Fighting
the principal
recreation

and

amusement of these hardy tribesmen, but

recent
that

events

had

evidently

shown them
be too dearly

certain

pleasures

can

bought, and unless peace was soon restored,

there would soon
of their

be nothing
villages.

left

to

them
was

homes and

truce

accordingly declared, while negotiations were

carried

on through the Khans of Nawagai,

Jhar,

Khar and
in

the three principal

chiefs
in

Bajour,

while

one of the

men
the

the

employ of the

political

department was sent

up the valley
Maliks.

to

interview

Mamund

This man, " Rahim Shah," had done good

service

during

the

Chitral

campaign,
invaluable

and
to

had
our

in

many ways proved

officers.

political

He

belonged to the

i8o

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
tribe

Kaka Khel
these
is

or

rather

family,

there

being only about a couple of hundred of

people in
existence.
:

Their history

a curious one
saint,

being descendants of a

famous

they have a free pass over

;

the whole country

no small boon among

such a lawless people, and which they had

made good use

of for trading purposes.

of
their

The
shown

sanctity

persons
incident,

is

well

by

the

following

which

occurred during our stay.

truce,

In spite of the

one of our foraging parties had come

into collision with the tribesmen,

laid

who had

an ambush

for

our men, which fortunately

only resulted in one

man

being wounded.

During the skirmish which ensued, Rahim

Shah,
of the

alone and

unarmed, at
race
in

the

mercy
world,

most

fanatical

the

was arranging terms with the remainder of

the tribe
;

and,

although

known

to

be

in

our employ, was treated with the greatest

respect,
jirga,

arriving a few days later with the

offering general submission.

who came

CHAPTER XIV
CESSATION

DURBAR DEPARTURE TO THE SALARZAI VALLEY RECONNAISSANCE TO PASHAT SUBMISOF

HOSTILITIES

SION OF TRIBES

FEW

days later came the end.

The
tribes-

Maliks and the majority of the

to

men were ready

the younger and

submit,

and although

more hot-blooded portion

of the community wished to continue a war

which must eventually have resulted

in the

extermination of the clan, negotiations were

finally

brought to a successful issue through

the influence of the

his brother.

Khan

of

Nawagai and
nth,
a

durbar was

held on the

at

spot not far distant from our camp.

Here,
Sir

under a clump of shady Chenar

trees.

Bindon
i8i

Blood,

accompanied

by

Major

i82

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
the

Deane and
and
Khar,

Khans of Nawagai, Jhar

the

interviewed

Maliks

and

head men of the

Mamund
asking
;

district.

Major
if

Deane

began

by

them

they

wanted peace or war

with the exception

of one or two Maliks, whose villages had

already been punished, and who, having also

had
they

their grain taken

by our
further

troops, thought

had

nothing

to
in

lose,

the

Mamunds were unanimously

peace,
fighting which

favour of
for

and they expressed regret

the

had already occurred.

They

further stated that they

losses,

had suffered heavy

to

and were now willing

they had captured.

surrender
this,

the

rifles

Besides

they promised that

Umra

Khan's following,
joined them from

and

all

the

men who had

valley.
It

over the Afghan border, should be turned

out
that

of
the

their

was
to

considered
villages
suffiall

damage
the

done

their

during
cient

month's

hostilities

was

punishment,

and

amply
the
for

settled

outstanding

accounts

with

clan

so,

security having

been taken

the

rifles.

CESSATION OF HOSTILITIES
peace
missed.

183
dis-

was

concluded,

and the jirga

In the course of the almost continuous

fighting which

had taken place during our

stay in this valley,

we had

captured, together

with

all

their

hoarded stores of grain, twenty-

six villages, of
fortifications

which we had destroyed the

This
latter punish-

and towers.

ment

is

felt

by these people even more

;

acutely than the loss of their grain

for the
in the

wood, which

is

an essential feature
is

construction of these buildings,

extremely

scarce and difficult to obtain, trees in these

desolate and bleak highlands being few

far

and
on

between.

The

losses

we

inflicted

them are

difficult

to estimate, for

a large

number of the men opposed

field

to us in the
tribes

had come from neighbouring

territory,

and

from Afghan

but they must have

been very severe.

Success, however, had been purchased at

some

cost

to

ourselves,

for

our casualties

during the recent fighting had been exceptionally heavy,

owing

to the difficulties of the

i84

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
inaccessibility

ground and
built
hills
;

of the

villages,

among
in

the crags and peaks of the steep

guerilla

the

warfare,

incident

on

operations over ground of this description,

the individual prowess of these hardy tribes-

men, trained to the use of their arms from

childhood,

and imbued with an hereditary

from generations

instinct for fighting derived

of warlike ancestors, almost counterbalanced

the superior combination and handling of our

more

highly-disciplined troops,

and we soon

learnt that our opponents

were by no means
with every variety
rifles

to be despised.

Armed

of

firearm,

including

Martini- Henry

made

in Cabul, or in

some

cases stolen from

our troops, Sniders, sporting-rifles, and old

Tower muskets,

these hillmen would

swarm

down on our
to

troops during our retirement

camp, and, taking advantage of cover from

every rock and stone en route, would pour

in

a deadly

fire at close quarters.

In fighting

of this sort, firing

by

volleys proved useless

and a mere waste of valuable ammunition,

while our crack shots, accustomed to taking

SNIPING

THE CAMP AT NIGHT

CESSATION OF HOSTILITIES
defined object, were at a disadvantage

185

a deliberate aim at a more or less clearly

when

compelled to rely solely on snap-shots taken

at

a rapidly moving

foe.

On
Valley
to

the

13th

of

October the
our
force

Mamund
moving

was

evacuated,

Matashah, whence we proceeded to deal

with the Salarzais, a section of the Bajour

tribe.

Two

days

were

given

to

these

people to bring in the number of firearms

demanded
share

of them, as a punishment for the

in

they had taken

the

Swat

rising

and

in the

meantime, while

hostilities

were

suspended, reconnaissances were pushed up

the valley, which appeared far more
fertile

and open than we had expected from our

late experiences,

while an abundant supply

of water would enable us to

camp

right

up

in the heart of their country,

close to the

scene of operations, should war be necessary.

Many

of their villages were

in

the

lower parts of the valley, easily accessible

to our troops,

and

it

was evident

that

little

opposition could be offered to a force pro-

i86

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
artillery.

vided with
trips

During one

of

our
to

up the

valley,

we were
us

surprised

find

ourselves accosted

by a dirty-looking
with
fair

ruffian,

who
sir,"

greeted
in

"

Good
and

morning,

very

English,

who, on inquiry, proved to have been employed for ten years as a coolie on a sugar
plantation in Demarara.

In spite of our being presumably at peace

with these people, our

camp was
to

fired into

every night.
the

This
being

was

probably due to

Maliks

unable

keep

the

"budmashes" and malcontents

quiet,

of the tribe
in

and we were fortunate

rarely

that

the
chief

bullet

found
in

its

billet.

The

difficulty

was

providing shelter for the

animals, and although traverses were usually

built

at
it

each end of a line of horses or

mules,
entirely

was impossible
from
stray

to

protect

them

bullets.

Altogether

these

snipers

caused
not

us

good deal
they
the

of

annoyance,

for

only

did

wake

up

the

whole

camp,

but

friendly

piquets belonging to the

Khan

of Nawagai,

CESSATION OF HOSTILITIES
who were
usually posted

187

round our camp

these

with a view to keeping

off,

gentlemen
themselves,
to

made such a

noise

among

firing their rifles

and shouting directions

each other, that although the original cause

of
all

this disturbance

may

not have done

much damage, he had

by that time

certainly succeeded

in destroying our night's rest.

On
a

the

15th,

a reconnaissance in force

was made
large

to

within two miles of Pashat,

of

village,

which
fort.

the

principal
village

feature

was a strong

This

was evidently the metropolis of the neighbourhood,

fertile
all

and was situated

in

the

most

portion of the valley, surrounded on

sides

by

fields

of

young

crops

of

barley and wheat,

which were watered by

a considerable

river.

The

inhabitants were

peaceably following their agricultural

suits,

pur-

and with and

their

women and
of
it

children

about,

their

herds

cattle

grazing

at the foot of the hills,

was evident they

This was shortly

did not

mean

to

fight.

afterwards

proved by the appearance of a

i88
jirga,

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
who brought
with them the required

arms.

Some
disputes
Salarzais

delay had been caused owing to

between
;

the

Upper and
in

Lower
and
having

the

villages

the

hills

the

upper
to

portion

of

the

valley
their

objected
the

handing over
;

share of

imposed penalty
brought
to

but pressure having

been

bear
clan,

on

them

by the
to

remainder of the

no recourse

arms

on our part proved necessary.

CHAPTER XV
COMMISSARIAT AND TRANSPORT ARRANGEMENTS
EXPEDITION INTO UTMAN KHEL COUN-

TRY

RETURN

TO THE MALAKAND

DEFORE
Utman Khel
with.

leaving the neighbourhood of

Matashah, the Shamozai section of the

tribe

remained

to

be dealt

This clan inhabits the valleys and

south of the Bajour stream

hill-sides to the

below Khar, and

solent
attitude

had

maintained
the

an

in-

towards

Government,
of sub-

refusing so far to
mission.

make any terms

During the Chitral

been
suspected
tribes

Expedition,
the
in

they had

of joining
of this part

Bajouris and

other

attacks on our lines of communication, and

there was no doubt

in the recent attack

as to their complicity

on Chakdara.

During

the advance of the force to Nawagai, the

189

I90

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
officer

political

had been
but

in

communication

with
of
it
;

their

Maliks,
it

nothing had come

and as
that

was of the greatest importcolumn

should
reach
the

ance

the

Mohmand
our

country as quickly as possible,

there was then no opportunity of enforcing

terms

on

the

tribe.

As

the

force

marched up the

valley,

their villages

and

towers offered a most tempting target for

our guns,
sorry
if

and

no one would

have been

an excuse to **go for" them had

;

been given

but they kept perfectly neutral,

and did not even attack our convoys, though

they were
credited

with

such
at

sniping as

occurred round the

return march.

camp
nearer

Jhar on our

In

order

to

be

the

Shamozai

villages,

we moved

to our old

encampment

at Jhar,

from whence negotiations could be

;

carried out with greater facility

but, before

leaving the Salarzai valley,

to punish

it

was decided

a certain Malik who not only had

of

kept up a position

continued hostility
the

towards

us,

but had also encouraged

RETURN TO THE MALAKAND

malcontents to
fire

191

nightly into our camp,

whereby, on the

last

night at

Matasah, a

sowar

of

the

Guides

Cavalry had

been

wounded.

Some

towers and

fortified build-

ings belonging to this Malik were, therefore,

destroyed by the Sappers, and the reports

of these buildings being blown

up announced

our

final

evacuation of the Salarzai Valley.

Early next
arrived,

day the

Shamozai

"jirga"

and was met outside the camp by

officers.

the

political

Their

consultation
all

resulted

in

the

tribe

agreeing to
rifles

our

terms,

and the guns and

demanded
and

of

them were brought

in the

same day.
Salarzai

The
it

total

collapse

of

the

Shamozai clans was rather unexpected, but

followed quite naturally on the submission

of the

Mamunds, who

are looked

up

to

by

their neighbours as being the

most formid-

able of

all

the tribes along this portion of

It

the frontier.

was from the ranks of these

notorious chieftain,

bold warriors that the

"

Umra Khan," drew

the pick of his fighting

men.

192

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
the

On
sion,

news of the Shamozai submisfor

orders were issued

the march of

the force next day towards Panjkora.

We
salute

were not to depart without a

from the
into
**

final

snipers,"

who

fired several shots

camp

at night, but without

doing any
off

damage,

being

eventually

driven

by

the friendly Jhar piquets.

We

marched

into

Chakdara on the 24th

October, leaving the First Brigade at Panj-

kora to wait
commissariat
lected

until

the

large

quantities

of
col-

stores

which
be

had been
to

there

should

removed

our

depot at Khar.

In spite of the hard work

our transport animals had undergone, there

were remarkably few that were

duty.

unfit

for

On
many

all

frontier

expeditions,

the

Indian

Commissariat

Transport

Department

has
fully

difficulties to

contend with.

To

appreciate
that seldom

these,
if

it

must

be remembered

ever can wheeled transport

be employed, owing to the entire absence

of
roads,

and

that

all

the supplies con-

RETURN TO THE MALAKAND

sumed by a
carried with
force in the field
it,

193
to

have

be

or to

it,

on pack animals.

Nothing

but

grain,

fuel,

and

fodder can

ever be procured on the spot,

and these

frequently are not obtainable in any quantities.

The
often

country

operated

in

offers
hill

many
tracks

difficulties;

the steep and rocky

requiring

much improvement
passage of

with pick and shovel before they are ren-

dered

feasible

for

the

mules

and camels.
In the
official

scheme

for the

Malakand
This
called

Field Force, the transport allotted was what

is

known

as

the

''

Normal

Scale."

means a
what

certain

number of mules,
for

''obligatory"
it

mules,

the

carriage

of

is

important should remain close to

all

a regiment under

circumstances, such as
first

water, pack-alls, entrenching tools,

re-

serve ammunition,
rest

etc.

and camels

for the

of the

regimental

impedimenta.

In
for

addition, camel transport

was provided
rations for

the carriage of five days'

men
it

and two

days'

grain

for

animals; and


194

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
drawn up
for

was apparently never contemplated when

the scheme was
that

the troops
five

would have to remain

more than

days at a time away from

depot.

the advanced

For the
train

line

of

communication
bullock
-

a cart

of

Government

carts

was

arranged from Nowshera to Malakand four

stages;
laid

and also a dak of 60 tongas was

for

out

running

back the

sick

and

wounded from the Field Hospitals

base.

to the

The

total

transport

thus

provided

was

Mules, 3547.

Camels, 3864.
Carts, 640.

(These were used eventually as

far as

Chakdara.)

Tongas, 143.

(These came as

far as

Panjkora.)

As
a

brigades had frequently to operate in

unsuited
to

country

camel transport,
to
redistribute

it

was found
transport

necessary

the

allotted.

One
to

brigade would be

equipped entirely with mule carriage, handing over

its

camels

one of the other

RETURN TO THE MALAKAND

brigades,

195

which would thus

be

equipped

almost entirely with camel transport.

This

arrangement
the

continued
the

almost

throughout
being
ex-

expedition;

transport

changed between brigades when required.

In
is

all

frontier expeditions

sufficient

time

usually given to admit of

all

supplies

and

transport being collected at the station fixed

upon as the base of operations;

and

all

units start from there fully equipped, field-

service

clothing being

generally issued to

corps

and
for

units

before
front.

they
In

leave

their

stations

the

this

instance,

however,

the

urgent necessity of pushing

troops up to relieve the garrisons of Mala-

kand and
pressed

Chakdara,

which

were

hardly

by the enemy, did not admit of

being dealt with
commissariat*
it

matters

in this

manner,

and

the

department

were

thus hard put to

at first to find carriage

and supplies

for the troops as

they arrived.

Supplies for thirty days for the whole force

*

The Chief Commissariat

D.S.O.

Officer with the force

was Major

Wharry,
Officer.

Captain Thackwell was

Divisional Transport

196

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
at

had been collected

Valley,

Khar,

in the

Swat

by the 15th August.

it

When
from
Bajour
tory,

was decided that two brigades

force

this

were
through

to

march via the

Valley

to

co-operate

Mohmund terriwith the Mohmund

Field Force, and to debouch at Shabkadr,

fresh

commissariat

transport arrangements

became necessary.

Supply depots had to

be formed at Chakdara and Panjkora, and

troops were located at the different stages

up

to the latter

place to protect

convoys.

No

further transport was, however, allotted

for the

extended

line of

communication

and

the extra

work had

to

be performed with
for

what had been provided

the
tion

operations in
of communica-

Swat

Valley.

The

line

being

thus
to

considerably

lengthened,

supplies
that

had
two

be stored at Panjkora, so
brigades

the

might

start

from

there fully equipped, one carrying ten days'

rations
for

men and two

the

days'

grain for

animals,

and

second

carrying fifteen
the

days' rations for

men and

same

as the

RETURN TO THE MALAKAND

other brigade for animals.

197

These

supplies

were intended to carry the brigades through

to
it

Shabkadr; and as the force advanced,

was cut

off

from

its line

of communica-

tion,

which were then withdrawn towards

Malakand.

Subsequent
these

events,

however,

upset

all

arrangements.

One

brigade

was

halted at Nawagai, three marches from Panjkora, awaiting the arrival of the

Mohmund
to under-

Field Force;

and the other had

take active operations against the

Mamunds.
of

This

necessitated

the

re-opening

the

Panjkora depot, from which place the commissariat supplied

both these brigades for

two months.

On
dition.

the return of the troops to the the

Swat
con-

Valley,

mules were

in

excellent

The camel

transport* had suffered

fallen the brunt

somewhat, as on them had

* In the 1895 campaign the Chitral Relief Force consisted of

about 16,000 men, for which transport was provided of a
lifting

power of 124,250 maunds

only was allotted.

(i

maund=8o

lbs.).

In the present cam-

paign, for a force of 12,000 men, a lifting

power of 32,315 maunds


198
of the

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
work of keeping the Panjkora depot
to the

replenished and conveying supplies

front.

Moreover, camels as a rule are never

their

worked by

owners during the months

of August and September, which are looked

on as the

**

off season " for these animals,

when they

are turned out to graze.

casualties during the period of
:

The

total

operations were as follows

Mules, 66, of which 35 were killed in action.

Camels, 368, of which 6 were killed in action.

Whilst the number of animals temporarily

unfit for

work

at the close of the operations

was
Mules, 52, of which 29 were from bullet wounds.

Camels, 98.

Operations were

now over
progress

at least for

some time

to come. to

Owing
Tirah,

the

of

events

in

our force was kept mobilised near

for

the

Malakand

over two months, inactive

with the exception of a small force* which

* Buffs, 2ist Punjab Infantry, 35th Sikhs, No. 8 Bengal Mountain
Battery, one squadron
1 0th

Bengal Lancers, No. 5 Company Madras

Sappers and Miners.

RETURN TO THE MALAKAND

was despatched under Colonel Reid
with
tribe

199

to deal

those

sections
left

of

the

Utman Khel

on the

bank of the Swat River

who had
rupees,

not yet complied with our terms.

fine of

These consisted of a

two thousand
all
rifles,

and the surrendering of

hundred
guns

three

and

three

hundred

swords.

Colonel

Reid's

force

concentrated

at

Utman Khel Garhi on

crossed the

the 22nd November,

Barh Pass
Kot,

on the 24th, and

all

marched

to

where

the represen-

tative jirgas tendered their submission

and

accepted our terms, with the exception of

the

people

of

Agrah, to
consisting

which place
of

flying

column,

thousand

men and two

the 28th.
at

guns,

were

despatched on

On

arrival there, our terms

were
force

once

complied with,

and so the

returned once more to the Malakand.

Thus ended our

in

four months' wanderings

a land

full

of interest, both as regards

people and country.

The

former, although

barbarous

and

uncivilised,

had

shown a

200

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
it

courage and knowledge of warfare that

is

to

be

hoped

will

at

some

not

far

distant period be turned to

good account
instead

and these hardy mountaineers,

of

being, as at present, a perpetual source of

anxiety

on our

frontier,

may prove one

our
Indian

of the greatest

safeguards of

Empire.

CHAPTER XVI
INVASION OF BUNER

ATTACK ON THE TANGI

PIR BABA ZARIAT

AND

PIRSAI PASSES

CLOSE OF THE CAMPAIGN

IN

Spite

of the peaceable aspect of this of

the

portion

Indian

frontier

since

the termination of the events afore recorded, the Fates had decreed that

we

should not

yet disperse to our various homes.

tribes of

For the

Buner and Chamla, inhabiting the

country
to

mountainous

the south-east of

Swat, refused to comply with

the punitive the

terms

imposed
for

on

them

by

Indian
in

Government
had

their

complicity

the

recent attack on the Malakand.

tribes

Both these

also

sent large

contingents to

oppose our advance into the upper Swat

Valley,

and

were

reported

to

have

lost

heavily at Landakai.
201


202

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
terms imposed on these two tribes
:

The

were as follow

On Buner.
1.

Submission of a representative jirga of

all

sections to be made.
all

2.

Restoration of

Government

property.
all

3.

Surrender of 600 firearms, including

breech-loaders and Enfield
rifles

stolen

from the Rustam border.

4.

Payment of cash

fine of Rs. 11.500.

The

Chamla

people

were

ordered

to

surrender
Rs. 1500.

100 firearms, and pay a fine of

The seven days which had been

to the tribesmen within

granted

which to accede to

these

terms

having
a
force

elapsed,

Government
Major-General

despatched

under

Sir Bindon Blood, K.C.B., to invade Buner.

This
the

force,

which was

officially

termed

Buner Field Force, consisted of two

brigades, with
First

some

divisional troops.

Brigade (commanded by Brigadier-

General Meiklejohn, C.M.G., C.B.)

I St Battalion,

Royal West Kent Regiment.


INVASION OF BUNER
1

203

6th Regiment of Bengal Infantry.

20th (Punjab) Regiment of Bengal Infantry.

31st (Punjab)

Regiment of Bengal

Infantry.

Second Brigade (commanded by BrigadierGeneral Jeffreys, C.B.)

I St

Battalion, East

Kent Kegiment

The Corps
2 1 St

of Guides Infantry.

(Punjab) Regiment of Bengal Infantry.

Divisional Troops.

The

loth Field Battery, Royal Artillery.

Artillery.

No. 7 Mountain Battery, Royal

No. 8 (Bengal) Mountain Battery. 4 Squadrons of Cavalry, to be detailed from the Corps of Guides Cavalry and the loth Bengal Lancers.
3rd

Bombay

Infantry.

No. 4 Company, Bengal Sappers and Miners. No. 5 Company, Madras Sappers and Miners. 2nd Battalion, Highland Light Infantry.

The
been

passes
well

leading into

Buner

having
Blood's
:

reconnoitred.

General

dispositions for attack

were as follow

The main
at into

attack
Pass.

was
All

to

be delivered

the

Tangi

the approaches

the country lay over

high and

pre-

cipitous passes, and the Tangi was selected

as not only being

tactically

the easiest to

204

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
occupied
lending

capture, but also, looking to the subsequent

plan of campaign in this country,

it

by

far the best strategical position,

itself,

moreover,

to

manoeuvre

which

proved most successful.

It

was intended that

at

the

same time
delivered,

as the assault on the

Tangi was

a small column, consisting of two battalions

infantry

and

five

squadrons cavalry, should

endeavour, by surprising the enemy, to effect

an entrance
Pass.
farther

into the country over the Pirsai their

Both these passes opened on

side
into

narrow

valleys

leading

directly into each other.

The

defenders of

either pass

were thus
off,

liable

to

have

their

line of retreat cut

and

to be attacked in

rear

by whichever

force penetrated into their

country.

To
the

carry out this scheme, a column under

of Colonel

command

Adams, V.C., comBengal

posed of the Guides Infantry, 31st Punjab

Infantry,

three

squadrons

loth

Lancers and two squadrons Guides Cavalry,

was sent

to

Rustam.

INVASION OF BUNER
This
passes
place

205

threatened
into

three

different

leading

Buner

namely,
Pirsai
;

the the

Amb61a, the Malandri, and the

latter

being our objective.

Thus, from Rustam, Colonel Adams' force

could attack any one of these passes, which

were within a few miles of each

other, but

on the farther

side,

from the geographical

ranges, these days'

formation of the

hill

passes

were

practically

two

march.

The
force
all

tribesmen, not

knowing which one our

were
obliged
to

would
three,

attempt,

hold

and on the day of attack were unable

to assemble in

any force

more than two-

thirds

of their strength

being isolated on

the Malandri and Ambela.

The

greater portion of the fighting

at

men
his

had assembled on the Tangi,

of which Sir

the foot

Bindon Blood encamped

two brigades on Thursday, the 6th January,

prior to the attack

which was to take place

the following morning.

From
the

the village of Sanghao, near which

situated,

camp was

fairly

good road

2o6

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
way
into

ran the whole

Mardan, greatly

facilitating the transport thus far.

The
to

actual assault of the pass

was given
the position

General Meiklejohn,

who took

with only one casualty.

The
the

20th Punjab Infantry were the

first in

field,

being directed to

make a

turning
to

movement, ascending a spur about a mile

the
left,

and

finally

crowning a peak some 500

itself.

feet higher

than the pass

i6th

The Royal

West Kent and

Bengal Infantry ad-

vanced up the path which was ordinarily

used by the natives of the country
;

while the
the
21st

Highland

Light

Infantry,

with

Punjab Infantry on

their right, climbed

;

up

the spurs leading on to the pass

attack

this frontal

was covered by
-

artillery fire, besides

the

well

directed

volleys

with which
Infantry,

the
re-

Buffs

and 3rd Bombay

who

mained as escort
of

to the guns, swept the face

it

the

hill,

making

impossible for the

tribesmen to collect in sufficient numbers to

rush

down on our advancing

infantry.

The
was

crest of the pass,

some 600 yards

long,

INVASION OF BUNER
fortunately
well

207
Field

commanded by

the

Battery at a range of 2200 yards, while the

two Mountain Batteries came

a distance between

into action at

1600 and 2000 yards

hill

from a spur of the

facing the pass,

foot.

and

about 500 feet above

its

The

effect

of these three batteries can well be imagined.

Opening

fire

about 9
all

a.m.,

they sent a storm

it

of shrapnel

along the ridge, making

almost impossible for the tribesmen to show

themselves over the crest

the

line.

Gradually
lined

numerous

standards

which

the

heights, floating so bravely in the

air,

morning
shot

went down,

their

bearers either

or unable to stand longer the hailstorm of

bullets.

One
spirit

or two individuals,

inspired

by the

of Ghazism, dashed out from

amongst

their

comrades,

to

die

in

their

vain but plucky attempt to

quarters with our men,

get

to

close

who were
that
it

so occu-

pied indeed with climbing the almost precipitous slopes

for

and

cliffs,

was lucky
to

them

that

they were

able

do

so

under such favourable circumstances.

The

2o8

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
stiffest

20th had the

climb, the

peak which

they
lutely

finally

had

to ascend appearing abso-

impregnable,
the top.

with

piquet

of the

enemy on
quarter,

These,

however, evi-

dently never expected an attack from this

and

the

effect

of

this

regiment

coming down on

their flank, driving before

them the small

parties

which attempted to

oppose them, was very disconcerting.

Led
up
a
of

by Colonel Woon, the 20th had

unperceived,

got

and

gained

possession

sungar, which was held

by a small piquet
the
latter

of

the

tribesmen,

before

were

prepared to meet them.

The peak
the
hill

carried,
;

the defence of the pass soon collapsed

the

tribesmen hurrying
the
fire

down
the

to escape

which harassed

their retreat.

The
of the

only casualty during

advance of our

men up
Highland

the hillside was one

man

Light

Infantry,

who,

mortally

wounded, died the following day.

The

troops

making the

frontal

attack

would not have got up thus

not been for the

easily

had

it

turning of the

enemy's

INVASION OF BUNER
right
ascent,

209
of

flank

for

the

latter

part

the

being commanded by a high rockypass,

peak on the right of the

the tribes-

men were
stones

able

to

roll

down

rocks

and
have

on

our

men,

which

would

certainly
culties

added considerably to

their diffi-

had the former been able

to

retain

this position.

The summit being

reached,

the

troops

gave three cheers, which were echoed back

by the snow-clad peaks and mountains of

Buner,
British

as

a welcome
ever to

to

these

the

first

troops

enter

the

country.

General

Meiklejohn

now pushed on

with

his brigade to Kingargali, a large village in

the valley below,

some two miles

;

distant,

where he spent the night

the

deserted

houses affording comfortable quarters for the

troops,

who found

plenty to eat

among

the

goats and chickens with which the village

was stocked.

Meanwhile Colonel Adams, having well

reconnoitred the three passes from

Rustam

the previous day, had successfully attacked

2IO

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
Pirsai Pass.

and taken the

The

tribesmen,

having imagined that his attack would be

made by
passes,
at
in

either

the

Malandri or Amb61a,

had sent a strong

force to hold both these

consequence of which our task

the

Pirsai

was

far

easier

than

we

anticipated.

The

infantry

bivouacked the
of
the
to

evening before at the foot

the
lead

pass
misof

cavalry remaining at

Rustam

the

enemy

as

to

our real point

this

attack.

Unlike the Tangi,

pass was
its

covered

by dense jungle up

to

crest,
diffi-

and would have proved an extremely

cult

task

if

held by a determined enemy.

standards
flaunted
their

couple

of

de-

fiance of us, but these

were soon lowered,

at

and the infantry arrived

noon,
8 A.M.
the advance

the top about

having

commenced

at

As soon

as they gained the crest,

the cavalry began to advance up the very

narrow and rocky mountain

constituted

track

which
pass.

the only road

difficult,

over
but
far

the

The

ascent was

the

descent
so,
as,

on the

farther side

proved

more

INVASION OF BUNER
sheltered

211

from the sun, the whole face of

the

hill

was hard

frozen,

and
ice.

the

path
pass
of
side

soon became as slippery as

itself

The
either

was 3700
and

feet

above

the

level

the sea,

the

heights

on
It

were covered with snow.

took

some

time to get the five squadrons over, every

mail having to lead his horse
single
file.

walking in
foot,

On

our arrival at the

we

found

we had a narrow and

beyond was reached.
river,

stony defile

over three miles in length before the open

valley

This was the

dry bed of a

and was covered with

;

huge boulders and rocks

progress was slow as
it,

consequently our

we advanced along
the
arrived at Koui, a
defile, it

a portion of the infantry clearing

way.

By

the time

we

small village at the

mouth of the
dark
:

was beginning

to get

we

therefore

retraced our steps, and bivouacked for the

night at the foot of the pass with the infantry.

No

baggage had been able

to

come

over,

and having nothing but what we

carried

on our

saddles,

we passed a very

cold and

212

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
But the enemy
left

uncomfortable night.
undisturbed.
It is

us

probable that they, hardy

are,

mountaineers as they
their severe winters,

and accustomed to

were hardly prepared

hillside

to

spend the night out on the

during

a hard frost for the pleasure of sniping or

attacking us.
as

Anyhow, not a shot was

fire,

fired

we

sat

round a

too cold to attempt

to sleep, waiting for the

dawn which would

enable us to

move

on.

The welcome
were soon
infantry to
in

light finally appearing,

we

our saddles, and leaving the

hold the pass, pushed on into

the valley below.

Not a

sign of the

enemy was

to

be seen.

On

arriving at a large village in the

main

valley,

we

obtained hellographic communiMeiklejohn's brigade,

at Kingargali,

cation

with General
still

who were

encamped

and

to this village, after first reconnoitring the

country for some

distance,

we made our

way, taking up our quarters for the night

alongside this force.

The

Bunerwals

had

hitherto

been

INVASION OF BUNER

213

thoroughly satisfied with the inaccessibility

of their country, surrounded as
it

is

by high

snow-clad mountains, and enjoying a reputation

as

being
if

impregnable
anything,

reputation

enhanced,

by

the

Ambela

campaign.

The

people, moreover, regarded

themselves as being protected from invasion

by

their

patron saint the

Pir

Baba, who,

up
of

to now,

had kept

inviolate the sanctity

the

country.

of our two forces,

lifted

The sudden appearance who had thus so rudely

and penetrated
into

the

curtain

the

heart of the land,

completely disconcerted

them, causing the utter collapse of the whole

tribe.

The

next few days were spent in recon-

noitring the country, while the rough track

over the Tangi was being made feasible by

the Sappers and

Miners

for our transport

and baggage
accomplished,
ascent,

to

come
in

over.
spite

This was soon

of

and

the

steep

mules were passed over at the rate

of 200 per hour.

cross
at
all,

Camels were unable

Pirsai

to

and the

Pass proved

214
so

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
difficult

that

large

number of the

baggage animals of the detached column

were obliged to go
Tangi.
entered,

round and cross the

The

country which
the

we had now
section

belonged to
Bunerwals.

Amazai

of the

This being the most

powerful and influential of the clans, and

occupying
politics,

leading

position

in

tribal

they were

largely

responsible for

the share the Bunerwals took in the late

rising;

but now,

with a

brigade in their

country,

they were most subservient, and

the terms imposed.
all

at once complied with

Jirgas

also

came

in

from

the adjacent
re-

villages,

and by the 13th January the

in

maining sections had sent

sion.

their submis-

The Hindustani
to
raise

fanatics

made an
advancing

attempt

the

country,

with a small gathering as far as

but
the

Amnawar
Sanghao

Second
being

Brigade,

under General

Jeffreys,

despatched

from

to the foot of the

Amb61a At
the

Pass, effectually

dispersed

them.

same

time. Sir

Bindon Blood, with the First Brigade and

INVASION OF BUNER
some
of the
Divisional
country,
troops,

215

marched
certain

through
places
in

the

halting

at

order to collect the

the

money and
sections,

arms required from

finally

various

crossing over the

Valley,

Buner Pass

into

the

Chamla

where he was met by

General Jeffreys, who brought his brigade

over the Amb61a without opposition.

The
al-

march through Buner was uneventful,

though
interesting
in

many

ways.

The

scenery was grand, being more like Switzerland than the Indian Frontier.

The
respect

villages

we passed
those of

differed

in

one

from
built

Swat and

Bajour, of trees

being

among shady clumps

devoid of towers or defences of any sort

whereas those of their neighbours were

in-

variably strongly fortified and built with a

view to the

tactical

possibilities

or rather

probabilities of attack.
It

would thus seem

that, in spite

of their

reputation, these people were, in reality, less

warlike than their neighbours

their country

and although
to the

was admirably adapted

2i6

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
on by the
the

guerilla warfare so ably carried

Mamunds,

Bunerwals,

having made a

stand at the passes to prevent the invasion

of their country, had
evitable,

now

accepted the into continue

and were not inclined

a long and protracted warfare.

The mad

fakir

to

whose
in

inflammatory
directly

harangues the rising

Swat was
small

due originally came from a

in

village

the Barandu Valley, through which

we
but

passed.
his

Needless to say, he had

fled,

property and everything he possessed

left

having been
confiscating

behind,
to

we were

able,

by

them,

inflict

some punishtrouble
easily-

ment

for

the

immense amount of

he had brought on the credulous and

led tribesmen.

Many

interesting

curios,

such as

antidis-

quated weapons and old books, were

covered by our men, usually hidden away

in

caves

and

holes
to

in

the

hills.

The
their

Bunerwals,
country,

prior

our

entering

had

removed

their

goods

and
their

chattels to these places for security;

PIR

BABA ZIARAT

INVASION OF BUNER
women and among the
have
intense cold.
cattle
hills,

217

being also hidden away

where

the

former

must
the

suffered

great

hardships

from

By far the most picturesque spot which we saw in Buner was the Pir Baba ziarat *
Situated at the foot of a pine-clad
of
hills,

range

capped by a

lofty

snow-clad peak,
olive

and with a foreground of

trees throwing their

and Chenar
the
shrine
still

shadows
beneath,

into

depths
this

of

a pool

the

of

much-revered saint had certainly been

erected

among
no

pleasant surroundings.

Here

our

Mohammedan
;

sepoys offered up their

except
to

petitions
faith,

one,

those

of

this

being
It

allowed
was,

enter

the sacred

precincts.

indeed, a

strange sight

to

see

our men, clad in uniform, side by

the

side

with

tribesmen,

all

thoughts of

war

laid aside, as

both victor and vanquished

paid their devotions together.

Thus our campaign ended

out through the

as,

marching

Chamla
Burial-place,

Valley,

where the

2i8

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
at

Government terms were

to,

once submitted

we passed over
hills

the border into Indian

territory

on the i8th January, crossing the

range of

by the Amb61a

Pass.

Here, on either side of the crest tower,

were the rocky heights known as the Crag

Piquet and Eagle's
Rest, scenes

of

much

hard fighting during Sir Neville Chamberlain's

advance into Chamla to punish the

fanatics,

Hindustani

and passing these places

still

where the marks of the old defences

remained, our thoughts went back to that

period

when

the

71st

Highlanders,

now
Crag

known
after

as the ist Battalion Highland Light

Infantry, fought so well, retaking the

it

had been captured by the enemy.

a space of thirty-four years, their

Now,

after

2nd Battalion were marching over the same

ground, with pipes playing their tribute to

memory and men of

the
lives

of the
the

many

gallant

officers

regiment

who

lost

their

on that occasion.

CHAPTER
A RETROSPECT

XVII

BUNERWALS MANNERS " AND CUSTOMS " WESH

THE

T^WO
'"'

Other regiments

of our force
hills

now forming part had also fought among

General
20th

these the

under

Chamberlain,
Infantry,

Guides

and

Punjab
the

the

former of
at

these

being

regiment

selected

the

end of that campaign to

proceed to Malka, the headquarters of the

Hindustani

fanatics,

who were
far

the primary

cause and objective of the expedition.

Malka was too

Valley
for

down
it,

the

Chamla
there
is

us

to
left

see of

and
now,

probably

little

it

having

been burnt by the Guides on the above-

mentioned occasion
219

aided in this work by

the Bunerwals, who, after the defeat of the

220
tribal

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
gathering on the

Amb61a

Pass, not

only tendered their submission, but offered

to destroy the settlement

and disperse the

colony of their late

allies.
itself.

History repeats

For, during the

present expedition, the Hindustani fanatics,

who partook
mission of the
refuge
in
;

with

the

Bunerwals

in

the

defence of their passes, were, on the sublatter,

again driven to take

a more
the

remote portion of the

fearing
lest

country

tribesmen

the

gathering which these fanatics were raising

to

oppose our advance would cause

fall

retri-

bution to

on

their

own

heads.

An
pass

man who accompanied us up the had formerly, we discovered, served

old
officer

as a native

in

the

20th

P. I.,

and

having taken part

in the
all

Ambela campaign,
the old positions,

was able

to point out

giving at the same time

details of the various fights.

many

interesting

The

pass
of

itself is

not a hard one;

far

the

gradients

the

ascent being

easier

than those of the passes leading immediately

THE BUNERWALS
into Buner.

221

But the

difficulties

the troops

had

to contend with

were doubtless some-

what increased by the dense jungle which

covers these
hills,

and out of which the

as

rocky knoll,
rises.
all

known

the

Crag

Piquet,
spot,

Climbing up to examine

this

the traces

we

could discover of that past

bottles,

campaign were some broken beer

the only relic of a bygone British occupation.

Although the most peaceful of the

tribes,

frontier

the Bunerwals are looked up to and re-

spected by their neighbours for

qualities,

many soldierly
to

and they are supposed

be the

best

swordsmen on the border.

under
the
influence

Although
of
their

excessively

Mullahs, they have given us

little

trouble,

and among themselves, from what we saw

of their villages, unfortified

and

built in the

open, they evidently live

is

more

at peace than

usual

among

Pathans.
;

Blood feuds exist

settling

but

this

method of
amongst a

disputes

is

a particularly effective
justice

form

of administering

222

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
to

wild and uncivilised people,

whom

the

complicated and lengthy procedure of

our

law courts would necessarily be

ill-suited.

These blood
settled

feuds,

which can often be

by payment of a sum of money,

their

fixed

on by one of

Mullahs or other

intermediary, arise, as a rule, from a breach

of the seventh
case the

commandment.
husband

In such a
kills

injured

either

his

wife or mutilates
off,

her by cutting her nose

It

and turning her out of the house.

is

incumbent on him,

in addition to this, to

pursue relentlessly the

man who

caused the

conjugal difficulty until he succeeds in killing

him, otherwise, he lays himself open to a

blood feud with his wife's relations, in which

he

is

pretty certain to be killed himself.

On
latter,

the other hand,

if

having

killed the

he deems

his

revenge

satisfied

and
is

refrains

from chastising his

in

wife,

he

at

once involved

blood feud

with the

man's

relatives.
call

A
life

to

arms

is

a constant feature of
:

in these

rugged highlands

in fact,

the

THE BUNERWALS
tenure
of a great

223
arable

portion

of

the

land

is

based on a feudal
is

system,

under

which the tenant

his

bound

to turn out with

matchlock or

rifle,

and, with

a skin of

flour

on

his
in

back,

fight

perhaps for days

at

a time

pursuance of the quarrels of

his feudal superior.

"

Wesh

"

is

still

practised

by

most

sections
this

of

the

Bunerwals

and

Swatis

peculiar

custom being the redistribu-

tion of land

by

lot

every ten years.

The

arguments

in favour of

such an arrangement

are difficult to find, and as in the carrying

out

it is

almost always the cause of quarrels

it

and bloodshed,

is

apparently by no means

popular with the people.

The Bunerwals have a good

neighbours
in

reputation,
to their
free

and they are doubtless superior

some
the

respects,

being

from

many
their

of the

baser qualities
Swatis,
this

of the

Pathan.
sell

Like

they

do

not

wives,

being

common
and
exchange

practice

among

the

Utman

Khel

Bajour people,

who

either sell or

224
their

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
women
they
for
rifles.

On

the

other

hand,

are

the

most

ignorant

and

priest-ridden of the tribes, poor

and unable,

owing

to their contempt for trade, to avail

themselves of the rich income which goes

entirely to the

Hindus on our
latter

side of the

border.

These

amass great wealth

into the

by sending
villages,

their agents

principal

and exporting the produce of the

rice

country, principally

and

ghi,

the

rice

being

of

peculiarly

good

quality

and

highly valued.

One
of

effect

of

the

punitive
to

expeditions

1897-98

have been
of the

largely increase

our knowledge
our North- West
the
last

countries

touching
is

frontier.

Buner
lands,

almost

of the

unknown

and

has

proved
ideas

in

many ways very

derived

different to the

which,

from native sources,

unreliable.
It

have

proved
that

most

seems

strange

a country co-terminous with

British territory for

some years

past should

be practically unknown,

and the Governcarried out under

ment survey, which was

THE BUNERWALS
through
the
country,

225

Captain Robertson, R.E., during our march

should
considerably

alter the existing

maps of

these regions.

Our operations
by
tribes
for

altogether embraced a large

country,

portion of unsurveyed

populated

whose
of the

actions,

being situated
line,

on

this side

Durand boundary
responsible.

we

are

to

some extent

For
being

however shadowy our influence up

boundary

to that

may

be,

the
all

fact

of

its

demarcated declared

tribes

on

this side

as being within our sphere of influence.

If

these tribes were able to refrain from tres-

passing on British territory, raiding villages

under British

rule,
;

there would be no need

will

for interference

but such a race

never
limits
:

be able to remain within their

their
latent

own

fanaticism
leaders,

is

either aroused
or,

by

their

religious

like

children,

they are led away by the excitement of the

moment, joining

in

some

raid or otherwise

committing themselves against the Government.

This has led to the construction of posts

p


226

A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN
frontier in order to prevent in-

beyond our

cursions of the tribes into British territory,

but

it

is

difficult

with such a people to

maintain such a firm hold on them as to

prevent disturbances and at the same time

not interfere with their tribal
affairs.

Thus
perpetual
politician

the

frontier

remains a source of
but
to

joy to

the soldier,

the

a problem yet to be solved.

The
Bindon

orders for the demobilisation of our

troops arrived on the 21st of January, Sir

Blood's
in

farewell

address

being

published
follows
:

the

Field

Force

Orders as

" Orders

have

been
of

received
the

for

the

immediate
Force.

break-up

Buner

Field

Major-General Sir Bindon Blood,

of

K.C.B., has to take leave

the troops
satisfield.

he has commanded with pride and

faction for nearly
six

months
Force,

in the

The

Malakand

Field

which

the

Major-General joined on the 31st July 1897,

and which ceased

on the 7th

to exist as a Field

Force

instant,

was

actively

employed

THE BUNERWALS
for

227

three and
fighting,

a half months in marching

fighting being of a

and

some of the

most severe and

this

difficult character.

During

time

much was

achieved, and the conall

duct and bearing of

ranks was uniformly

such as to prove their high character as

soldiers,

as

well

as

earn

the warmly-ex-

pressed approval of the highest authorities.

The Buner
it

Field Force has only been in

existence fifteen days, but during that time

has

finally laid

the 'spectre of Amb61a.*

cordial farewell

Sir

Bindon Blood wishes a

to all
in the

who have

served under his

command

Malakand and Buner Field Forces."

END

APPENDIX
CO

229

C 3

1
OS

J
15

^ 3
V

V.

0 1 s 1 (3 &

i
^ "

-2

5
<u

G
r3

4J

<
^
't^
00~

1 ^
5

s Q

t^ ON t^

*>

JJ

^^
t^

t^

TJ
rt

**

"

'

1
.1
5

1 c
to

^ M
t/i

-5

Tf

< <
(5

1
CO

C
l-H

(73

-s

Si

d
^
0"

s
pu,

CO

6
1^

CO

&
ll

e
-A

'0

HJ ,0 :^

h4
4J

^ S
.S
cd

1 1 ^ ^ J h H w
-

C/3

pq
ffi
*-

4J

3
<u

<u *>J

'^

*S

3
<U

<4-*

P
<u

4-!

p
<u

J^

'^

<U

;3

*^

;3

230

APPENDIX
c

o
-s

I I 3 I a
ON ON
ON

Q ^

t^
-5: 20.

ON

q-

7::

-^

On
vo"

C
T3

u o
'B
-M

o
00
to
-S?

a O
PJi

00

/-N

>%

CO

P^

O
(A

c
'i2

00 CO

m
to

O)

S
e2

pq

H
pi

d d
<u <u

K
h^ hJ

<J

6
hJ
H^
h-J

3
H^
hJ

'3

H^

hJ

CJ

H-J

>

APPENDIX

231

s -

^ 3

7,

;3

**

^
~S
vO~
;; :;

t^

rOn

*ON

M N

^ 55
-^
~?o

t>-

t>

!i

!^

!!

"o~ CO
4^

.-. *Ejd

^3
>

'-

e2

^ 13

^ s

^
etf

'ZU
^

'

^ ^

r*
c?J

>%
is

s
{^ ^'

c
4.J

P4

iy5
j:3

<
cJ5

i
^0
pq

1
2

G
4->

<1^

5
CO

1^

pi .s

1
4-J

pq

1
PQ

d d
4J

<

d
;3

1
+j

b d
1
4J

<

d
to
:2i ;:3

d
-> 4-!

s
1^

S
'h^
TJ
+j'

+j

3
't^j

a a J

'2

g
:^

3
*hJ

g
a

1 1

TJ

232

APPENDIX

^ -

^ -

^ -

&

ON On
~o~

On On
~o"

^
On

"^

Gat

and

s
Nawagai

Agrah

Lagai

....

Infantry

C.B.

Punjab
A.V.D.

Buffs
Wodehouse,

31st

1
I.
Peacock,

Mann,
Hulke,

B. I.

B.
Brigadier-General
Veterinary-Captain

L.

E.
Captain
Lieut.

W. H. WHITE

AND

CO. LTD,

RIVERSIDE PRESS, EDINBURGH.

A CATALOGUE OF BOOKS
AND ANNOUNCEMENTS OF METHUEN AND COMPANY PUBLISHERS LONDON
:

36

ESSEX STREET
W.C.

CONTENTS
PAGB

FORTHCOMING BOOKS,
POETRY,

2 8

BELLBS LETTRES, ANTHOLOGIES, ETC.,

9
lO
II

ILLUSRTATED BOOKS,
HISTORY,

...

BIOGRAPHY,

H
15
17
i8
.

TRAVEL, ADVENTURE AND TOPOGRAPHY,

NAVAL AND MILITARY, GENERAL LITERATURE,

SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY,
PHILOSOPHY,
.

20
20
21

THEOLOGY,
FICTION,

24
.

BOOKS FOR BOYS AND GIRLS,

34
34 35

THE PEACOCK LIBRARY,

UNIVERSITY EXTENSION SERIES,
SOCIAL QUESTIONS OF TO-DAY

36
37

CLASSICAL TRANSLATIONS

EDUCATIONAL BOOKS,

37

DECEMBER

1898

December

1898

Messrs. Methuen's ANNOUNCEMENTS

Travel and Adventure NORTHWARD: OVER THE GREAT ICE.
Peary.

By

R.

E.i

With over 800 Illustrations, Maps and Diagrams. Volumes. Royal 8vo. ^2s. net.

T%vc

In this important work Lieutenant Peary tells the story of his travels and adven tures in the Arctic regions. His extraordinary sledge journey and his experience among the Eskimos are fully described, and this book is a complete record of hi; Arctic work, for which the Royal Geographical Society has this year awardec

him

The

North Pole lends a

their Gold Medal. fact that Lieutenant Peary is about to start on a determined effort to reach tb special interest to this book.

THROUGH
tions

ASIA.

By Sven Hedin.
8vo,
36^-.

With over 250

Illustra

from Sketches and Photographs by the Author, and 6 Maps

volumes.

Two

Royal

net.

In this book Dr. Sven Hedin, the distinguished Swedish explorer, describes his four years' experiences and his extraordinary adventures in Central Asia. Dr Hedin is an accomplished artist, and his drawings are full of vigour and interest. In adventurous interest and substantial results in various departments of know-/ ledge, Dr. Hedin's journey will bear comparison with the travels of the greaq explorers of the past, from Marco Polo downwards. A The Gold Medals of the Royal Geographical Society and of the Russian Geographical \ Society have been conferred upon him for this journey.

THE HIGHEST ANDES.

By E. A. FitzGerald. With . 40 Illustrations, 10 of which are Photogravures, and a Large Map. Royal Svo. 30J. jiet. Also, a Small Edition on Handmade Paper, limited to 50 Copies,
narrative of the highest climb yet accomplished. The illustrations have been reproduced with the greatest care, and the book, in addition to its adventurous interest, contains appendices of great scientific value.
:

CHITRAL
Sir

The Story

of a

Minor

Siege.

By Sir

G. S.

son, K. C. S. I.

With Numerous

Illustrations

and a Map.

RobertDemy Svo.

21 s. net. George Robertson, who was at the time British Agent at Gilgit, has written the story of Chitral from the point of view of one actually besieged in the fort. The book is of considerable length, and has an Introductory part explaining the series of events which culminated in the famous siege also an account of Ross's disaster in the Koragh defile, the heroic defence of Reshun, and Kelly's great march. It has numerous illustrations plans, pictures and portraits and a map, and will give a connected narrative of the stirring episodes on the Chitral
;

frontier in 1895.

Messrs. Methuen's

Announcements
EAST.
los. 6d.

TWENTY YEARS
Beaman.
With

IN

THE NEAR
Demy
Svo.

By

A.

Hulme

Portrait.

A personal narrative of experiences

in Syria, Egypt, Turkey and the Balkan States, including adventures in the Lebanon, during the bomliardment of Alexandra, the first Egyptian Campaign, the Donogla Expedition, the Cretan Insurrection, etc. The book also contains several chapters on Turkey, its people and its Sultan.

THE DOWNFALL OF THE DERVISHES:

Sketch of the Final Sudan Campaign of
1898.

Being a By Ernest

N. Bennett, M.A., Fellow and Lecturer of Hertford College, Oxford ; Special Correspondent for The Westminster Gazette. With a Photogravure Portrait of the Sirdar, a Map, and Two Plans. Crown 8vo, y. 6c/.

Theology
DOCTRINE AND DEVELOPMENT.
DALL, M. A., Fellow and Tutor of
6s.

By HASTINGS RashNew College, Oxford. Crown Svo.

This volume consists of twenty sermons, preached chiefly before the University of Oxford. They are an attempt to translate into the language of modern thought some of the leading ideas of Christian theology and ethics.

CLOVELLY SERMONS. By William

Rector of Clovelly.
3s. 6d.

Harrison, M.A.,
Crown

late
Svo.

With a Preface by Lucas Malet.

a son-in-law of Charles Kingsley.
:

A volume of Sermons by

APOSTOLIC CHRISTIANITY As

Illustrated by the Epistles By H. H. Henson, M.A., Fellow of S. Paul to the Corinthians. Crown Svo. 6s. of All Souls', Oxford.

IbauDboofts of trbeologs*
General Editor, A. Robertson, D.D., Principal of King's College,

London.

THE XXXIX. ARTICLES OF THE CHURCH OF ENGLAND. Edited with an Introduction by E. C. S. Gibson, D.D., Vicar of Leeds, late Principal of Wells Theological College. Revised and Cheaper Edition in One Volume. Demy 8vo. 12s. 6d.

AN INTRODUCTION TO THE PIISTORY OF THE

CREEDS.
Lichfield.

By A,

E.

Burn, Examining Chaplain

los. 6d.

to the

Bishop of

Demy

Svo.

Zbc Cburcbman'3 Xlbrar^.

Edited by
J.

H. Burn, B.D.
Institu-

series of

tions,

books by competent scholars on Church History, and Doctrine, for the use of clerical and lay readers.

THE KINGDOM OF HEAVEN HERE AND HEREAFTER.

Crown
Svo.

By Canon Winterbotham,
y,
6d.

M.A.,

B.Sc,

LL.B.

Messrs. Methuen's

Announcements
Warden
of Keble College,

Oxtovb Commentates,
General Editor,

Walter Lock,

D.D.,

Dean

Ireland's Professor of Exegesis in the

University of Oxford.
Messrs. Methuen propose to issue a series of Commentaries upon such Books of the Bible as still seem to need further explanation.

The object of each Commentary is primarily exegetical, to interpret The editors will not the author's meaning to the present generation. deal, except very subordinately, with questions of textual criticism or philology ; but taking the English text in the Revised Version as their basis, they will try to combine a hearty acceptance of critical principles It is hoped that in this way the series with loyalty to the Catholic Faith. may be of use both to theological students and to the clergy, and also to the growing number of educated laymen and lay worn en who wish to read
the Bible intelligently and reverently.

THE BOOK OF
by E. C.
S.

JOB. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, Gibson, D.D., Vicar of Leeds. Demjf Svo. 6s.

Zbc Xibrar^
PoU
Svo, cloth, 2s.
;

of Devotion.
leather, 2s. 6d. net.

NEW VOLUMES. A SERIOUS CALL TO A DEVOUT AND HOLY

By William Law.
Notes, by C. Bigg,

LIFE.

Edited, with an Introduction, Analysis, and

D.D.
J.

A BOOK OF DEVOTIONS. By

W. Stanbridge,

M.A.,

Rector of Bainton, Canon of York, and sometime Fellow of S^ John's College, Oxford. This book contains devotions, Eucharistic, daily and occasional, for the use of members of the English Church, sufficiently diversified for those who possess other
works of the kind. It is intended to be a companion in private and public worship, and is in harmony with the thoughts of the best Devotional writers.

History and Biography MEMOIRS OF ADMIRAL THE RIGHT HONBLE.

ASTLEY COOPER KEY.
With
Portrait.

SIR
Navy

By Vice-Admiral
i6s.

P.

H.

Colomb.

Demy

Svo.

Tliis life of

a great sailor throws a considerable light on the evolution of the during the last fifty years.

THE DECLINE AND FALL OF THE ROMAN EMPIRE.

sack.

By Edv^ard Gibbon. A New Edition, edited with Notes, Appendices, and Maps by J. B. Bury, LL.D., Fellow of Trinity College, Dublin. / Seven Volumes. Demy Svo, gilt top. %s. 6d.
Crown
Svo.
6s. each.

Vol.

VI.

Messrs. Methuen's
THE Present Day.

Announcements

A HISTORY OF EGYPT, from the

THE ROMAN
,

Earliest Times to

Edited by W. M. Flinders Petrie, D.C.L., LL.D., Professor of Egyptology at University College. Fully Illustrated, In Six Volumes, Crozun 8z'o. 6s, each. Vol. IV. EGYPT OF PTOLEMIES. J. P. Mahaffy.

THE
J.

Vol.

V.

THE CANON

EGYPT. LAV^ IN

G. Milne.
F.

ENGLAND. By

W. Maitland,

LL. D. Downing Professor of the Laws of England in the University of Cambridge. Royal %vo. ^s. 6d. A volume of Essays on the History of the Canon Law in England. These Essays
deal chiefly with the measure of authority attributed in medieval England to the papal law-books, and one entitled (i) William Lyndwood, (2) Church, State and Decretals^ (3) William of Drogheda and the Universal Ordinary, (4) Henry II. and the Criminous Clerks, (5) Exccrabilis in the Common Pleas, and (6) The Deacon and the Jewess.

ANNALS OF SHREWSBURY SCHOOL.

M.A., Assistant Master.
los.

By G. W. Fisher,
DemySvo.

With Numerous

Illustrations.

M.

ANNALS OF WESTMINSTER SCHOOL.

M. A., Assistant Master.
75. dd.

By J. Sargeaunt,
DemyZvo,

With Numerous

Illustrations.

ANNALS OF ETON COLLEGE.

With Numerous
Illustrations.

By W. Sterry, M.A
ys. 6d,

Demy

Svo.

General Literature THE PILGRIM'S PROGRESS. By John Bunyan.

is

Edited,

with an Introduction, by C. H. Firth, M.A. With 39 Illustrations by R. Anning Bell. Crown Svo. 6s. This book contains a long Introduction by Mr. Firth, whose knowledge of the period
unrivalled
;

and

it is

lavishly illustrated.

AN OLD ENGLISH HOME.

Numerous Plans and
This book describes the
life

By

S.

Baring Gould.
Svo.
6s.

With

Illustrations.

Crown

and environment of an old English family.

CAMBRIDGE AND
Thompson.
3J.

ITS

COLLEGES.
by E. H.

By
'

A.

Hamilton
Cloth,
Colleges.'
its

With

Illustrations

New.

Fott Svo.

Leather, t^s. This book is uniform with Mr. Wells's very successful book, Oxford and

UNIVERSITY AND SOCIAL SETTLEMENTS.

Reason, M.A.
piece

By W.
frontis-

Crown

Svo.

2s. 6d.

[Social Question Series.

DANTE'S GARDEN.
An

By Rosemary Cotes.

With a

Fca/>. Svo. 2s. 6d. account of the flowers mentioned by Dante, with their legends.

READING AND READERS.

Fca/>. Svo.

By Clifford Harrison.
reciters.

A little book

2s. 6d. of principles

and hints by the most distinguished of liviag

VENTURES

IN VERSE. By

B.

J.

Williams.

Cr.Svo.

3s, 6d.

Messrs. Methuen's

Announcements

Educational
VOLUMETRIC ANALYSIS.
Master at Burnley

By J.

B.

Grammar

School.

Russell, B.Sc, Science Crown Zvo. \s.

small Manual, containing all the necessary rules, etc., on a subject which has hitherto only been treated in expensive volumes.

A KEY TO STEDMAN'S EASY FRENCH EXERCISES.

By G. A. ScHRUMPF.
M.A.

Crown

Svo.

^s. net.

A SHORTER GREEK PRIMER.

Crown
Svo.
is.

By

A. M.

M. Stedman,

6d. book which contains the elements of Accidence and Syntax.

CARPENTRY AND JOINERY.

many
Illustrations.

By

F. C.
[

Webber.

With

Crown
and

Svo.

3^. 6d.

Text-books of Technology.
Illus-

Manual
trated.

for technical classes

self-instruction.

PRACTICAL MECHANICS.
Crown
Svo.
3^. 6^.

By Sidney H. Wells.
[

Text-books of Technology.

A CLASS-BOOK OF DICTATION PASSAGES. By W.

Williamson, M.A.
The passages
included.

Crown

Svo.

is.6d.

are culled from recognised authors, and a few newspaper passages are The lists of appended words are drawn up mainly on the principle of comparison and contrast, and will form a repertoire of over 2000 words, embracing practically all the difficulties felt by the pupil.

AN ENTRANCE GUIDE TO THE PROFESSIONS AND

BUSINESS.
By Henry Jones.
Crown
Svo.
is.

6d.
Series.

[Commercial

Byzantine Texts
Edited by
J. B.

Bury, LL.D.,

Professor of Trinity College, Dublin.

Modern History

at

EVAGRIUS.

Edited by Professor Li:oN

Parmentier

of

Liege and M. Bidez of Gand.

Demy

Svo.

Cheaper Editions
BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA.
K.C.B.
*

By
/[to.

Sir

H. H. Johnston,
and Six Maps.

With nearly Two Hundred Revised and Cheaper Edition. Crown

is

Illustrations,

2is.net.

The book
style
;

crowded with important information, and written

it is

in a most attractive worthy, in short, of the author's established reputation.' Stattdard.

VAI LI MA LETTERS.

By Robert Louis Stevenson.

With

an Etched Portrait by William Strang, and other Cheaper Edition. Crown Svo. Btickram. 6j.

Illustrations.

A BOOK OF CHRISTMAS VERSE.

M.A., and

Edited by H.C. Beeching,

Illustrated by Walter Crane. Cheaper Edition. Crown Svo, gilt top. 3^. 6c/. collection of the best verse inspired by the birth of Christ from the Middle Ages
to the present day.

Messrs. Methuen's

Announcements

LYRA SACRA An
:

Anthology of Sacred Verse.

Edited by H.

'

C. Beeching, M.A. Cheaper Edition. Crown^vo. Buckram. 35.6^. charming selection, which maintains a lofty standard of excellence.' T/w^j.

Fiction

THE BATTLE OF THE STRONG.

Author of The Seats of the Mighty.'
*

By Gilbert Parker,
Crown
Svo.
6s.

THE TOWN TRAVELLER. By George Gissing, Author of Demos,' In the Year of Jubilee,' etc. Crozvn 8vo. 6s. THE COUNTESS TEKLA. By Robert Barr, Author of
' * *

A romance of 1798.

The Mutable Many.

of

'

Crown

Svo.

6s,

THINGS THAT HAVE HAPPENED.

Gerard, Author

historical romance.

By
etc.

Dorothea
Svo.
6s.

Lady Baby,'
Svo.
6s.

Orthodox,'

Crown
of

DOMITIA.
Squire,' etc.

By

S.

Baring Gould, Author

'The Broom

Crown

FROM THE EAST UNTO THE WEST. By Jane Barlow, Author of Irish Idylls,' A Creel of Irish Stories,' etc. Crown Svo. 6s. TO ARMS By Andrew Balfour, Author of By Stroke of
'

A romance of imperial

Rome.

'

Sword.'

Illustrated.
1715.

Crown

Svo.

6s.

THE JOURNALIST. By C. F. Keary. Crown Svo. 6s. A story of modern PEGGY OF THE BARTONS. By B. M. Croker, Author of Proper Pride.' Crown Svo. 6s. A VENDETTA OF THE DESERT. By W. C. Scully.
literary
life.
*

romance of

CORRAGEEN IN '98. By Mrs. Orpen. Crown Svo. A romance of the Rebellion. AN ENEMY TO THE KING. By R. N. Stephens. 6s. Svo. THE PLUNDERPIT. By Keighley Snowden.
Irish
J.

CrowTt Svo. 3^. 6d. South African romance.

6s.

Crown

Crown

Svo.

6s.

DEAD MAN'S.
Crown
An
Svo.

A romance of adventure.
6s.

By Mary Gaunt, Author

of

'

Kirkham's Find.'

Australian story.

WILLOWBRAKE. By R. Murray Gilchrist. THE ANGEL OF THE COVENANT. By

Cobban.

CrownSvo.
J.

6s.

Maclaren
By Alfred
6s.

OWD

historical

Crown Svo. 6s. romance, of which Montrose

Crown
Svo.
dales.

is

the hero.

BOB,

THE GREY DOG OF KENMUIR.

6s.

Ollivant.

A story of the
With

Cumberland

ANANIAS. Bythe

Hon. Mrs. Alan Brodrick. CrownSvo.

ADVENTURES

IN

WALLYPUG LAND.
Alan Wright.
Crown

By
Svo.

G. E.

Farrow.
55.

Illustrations

by

Gill lop.

A LIST OF

Messrs.

Methuen's
Poetry

PUBLICATIONS

Rudyard Kipling. RuDYARD Kipling.

'

BARRACK-ROOM
Fourteenth Edition.

BALLADS.
Crown
Svo.
6s.

By

Mr. Kipling's verse

The

is strong, vivid, full of character. . . . Unmistakable genius rings in every line.' Tiines. ballads teem with imagination, they palpitate with emotion. read them with laughter and tears ; the metres throb in our pulses, the cunningly ordered words tingle with life ; and if this be not poetry, what is?" Pall Mall Gazette.

We

Rudyard Kipling.
'

THE SEVEN

SEAS.

By

Rudyard

Kipling. Fourth Edition. Crown Svo. Buckram, gilt top. 6j. The new poems of Mr. Rudyard Kipling have all the spirit and swing of their preThe Empire has found a
decessors. Patriotism is the solid concrete foundation on which Mr. Kipling has built the whole of his work.' Times. singer ; it is no depreciation of the songs to say that statesmen may have, one way or other, to take account of \h&xa..' Manchester

'

'

Guardian. Animated through and through with indubitable

genius.'

Daily Telegraph.
^s.

"Q."
'

POEMS AND BALLADS.

faint, ineffable

By "Q." CrownSvo.
make
poetry.'

6d.

This work has just the

touch and glow that

Speaker.

" Q."
of

GREEN BAYS
*

Verses and Parodies.

etc.

By

Q.," Author
Svo.
"^s.Sd.

Dead Man's Rock,'

Second Edition.

Crown

E.
*

Mackay.

A SONG OF THE
'

SEA.

By Eric Mackay.
style

Second Edition. Fcap. Svo. ^s. Everywhere Mr. Mackay displays himself the master of a
characteristics of the best rhetoric. Globe.

marked by

all

the

H. Ibsen.
The

BRAND. A Drama

by William Wilson.

Second Edition.

by Henrik Ibsen. Crown Svo.

Translated y. 6d.

greatest world-poem of the nineteenth century next to "Faust." It is in the same set with "Agamemnon," with "Lear," with the literature that we now instinctively regard as high and ho\y.' Daily Chronicle.

"A.G."
'A

VERSES TO ORDER. By "AG."

'St. James's
7s. 6d.

Cr.Svo.
Gazette.

2s.6d.

net. capital specimen of light academic pottty.

J. G. Cordery.
tion

THE ODYSSEY OF HOMER. A

Crown
Svo.

Transla-

by

J.

G. Cordery.

Messrs. Methuen's List

Belles Lettres, Anthologies, etc.

By Robert Louis R. L. Stevenson. VAILIMA LETTERS. Stevenson. With an Etched Portrait by William Strang, and Crown Svo. Buckram, ds. Second Edition. other Illustrations.
' '

Standard. fascinating book. Full of charm and brightness.' Spectator.

'

'
'

A gift almost priceless.'

Unique

Speaker.

in literature.' Z)z7;)' Chronicle.

George Wyndham.

THE POEMS OF WILLIAM SHAKEand Notes by George

gilt top.
los. 6d.
y
'

SPEARE. Edited with an Introduction Wyndham, M. P. Demy Svo. Buckram

This edition contains the
'

Venus,' Lucrece,' and Sonnets, and is prefaced with an elaborate introduction of over 140 pp. ' contributions to Shakespearian criticism that has been pubserious One of the most Times. _ lished for some time.' editing in the language.' Outlook. One of the best pieces of ' This is a scholarly and interesting contribution to Shakespearian literature.' Literature. have no hesitation in describing Mr. George Wyndham's introduction as a masterly piece of criticism, and all who love our Elizabethan literature will find a Spectator. very garden of delight in it. Mr. Wyndham's notes are admirable, even indispensable.' Westminster Gazette. 'The standard edition of Shakespeare's poems/ World.^ The book is written with critical insight and literary felicity.' Standard.
* *

We

'

'

W.
'

E. Henley.

ENGLISH LYRICS.

Selected and Edited by

W.
It is

Crown Svo. Buckram, gilt top. 65-. E. Henley. a body of choice and lovely poetry.' Birmingham Gazette.

A BOOK OF ENGLISH PROSE. Henley and Whibley. Collected by W. E. Henley and Charles Whibley. Crown Svo.
Buckram, gilt top. 6j. 'Quite delightful. A greater treat for those not well acquainted with pre-Restoration prose could not be imagined.' Athenaeum.

H.
'

C. Beeching.

LYRA SACRA An Anthology of Sacred Verse.

:

Edited by H. C. Beeching,

M.A.

Crown

Svo.

Buckram.
Times.

6j.

A charming selection,

which maintains a lofty standard of excellence.'

"Q."
'

POMP: Procession of English Lyrics. Arranged by A. T. Quiller Couch. Crown Svo. Buckram. 6j.
:

THE GOLDEN

A delightful volume
An

a really golden

'

'

Pomp."

'

Spectator.

W.
'

B. Yeats. Edited by W. B. Yeats.

attractive

AN ANTHOLOGY OF IRISH VERSE.

Crown
selection.'

and catholic

Svo. Times.

1$. 6d.

G.
*

W.
G.
The

bteevens.

MONOLOGUES OF THE DEAD.

By

W. Steevens.
effect is

Foolscap Svo. 3^. 6d. sometimes splendid, sometimes bizarre, but always amazingly

clever.'

Pall Mall Gazette.

W. M.
'

A PRIMER OF TENNYSON. By Dixon. Dixon, M.A., Professor of English Literature at Mason Crown Svo. 2s. 6d.
sound and well-expressed
criticism.

W. M.
College.
Speaktr.

Much

The bibliography

is

a boon.*

lo

Messrs. Methuen's List

W.
'

A. Craigie. A PRIMER OF BURNS. By W. A. Craigie. Crown Svo. 2s. 6d. A valuable addition to the literature of the poet.' Times. By Laurie L. Magnus. A PRIMER OF WORDSWORTH. Magnus. Crown %vo. 2s. 6d.
'A
valuable contribution to Wordsworthian literature.'

Literature.

Sterne.

THE LIFE AND OPINIONS OF TRISTRAM

With an Introduction by
vols.
'js.
;

SHANDY. By Lawrence Sterne. Charles Whibley, and a Portrait. 2

*

Very dainty volumes are these

the paper, type, and light-green binding are very agreeable to the eye. 'Globe.

all

Oongreve. THE COMEDIES OF WILLIAM CONGREVE. With an Introduction by G. S. Street, and a Portrait. 2 vols. *is.
Morier.

THE ADVENTURES OF
By James Morier.
a Portrait.

HAJJI
*]s.

BABA OF

ISPAHAN.
Walton.

With an Introduction by E. G.
2
vols.

Browne, M.A., and

THE LIVES OF DONNE, WOTTON, HOOKER,

By Izaak Walton.
a Portrait,

HERBERT, and SANDERSON.

an Introduction by

With
6d.

Vernon Blackburn, and

y.

Johnson.
and a

THE LIVES OF THE ENGLISH

Introduction by
Portrait.

POETS.
J.

By

Samuel Johnson, LL.D. With an

3 vols.
10s. 6d.

H. Millar,

Burns.

THE POEMS OF ROBERT BURNS.

and W. A. Craigie.

Edited by
Second

Andrew Lang

With

Portrait.

Edition. Demy Svo, gilt top. 6j. This edition contains a carefully collated Text, numerous Notes, critical and textual, a critical and biographical Introduction, and a Glossary'. 'Among editions in one volume, this will take the place of authority.' Times.

F. Langbridge.

Poems of Chivalry, Enterprise, Courage, and Constancy. Edited by Rev. F. Langbridge. Second Edition. Crown Svo. '^s.6d. School Edition.
2s. 6d.
out.

BALLADS OF THE BRAVE:

'

A very happy conception happily carried

'

These "Ballads of the Brave" are

intended to suit the real tastes of boys, and will suit the taste of the great majority.' Spectator. The book is full of splendid things. ' JVortd.

Illustrated
F. D. Bedford.
Pictures.

Books
With many Coloured
Svo.
5^.

NURSERY RHYMES.
F. D.

By

Bedford.

Super Royal

'An
S.

excellent selection of the best known rhymes, with beautifully coloured pictures exquisitely printed.' /*// Mall Gazette.

Baring Gould. Baring Gould.

A BOOK OF FAIRY TALES

With numerous
illustrations

retold

by

S.

and
Svo.

initial letters

by
6s.

Arthur J. Gaskin.
Mr. Baring Gould
is

Second Edition.

Crown

Buckram.

deserving of gratitude, in re-writing in simple style the old stones that delighted our lathers and grandfathers.' i'a/wrrfoy Review

Messrs. Methuen's List

S.

ii
Col-

Baring Gould.

OLD ENGLISH FAIRY TALES.

'

With Numerous Illustralected and edited by S. Baring Gould. tions by F. D. Bedford. Second Edition. Crown %vo. Buckram. 6s. A charming volume. The stories have been selected with great ingenuity from various old ballads and folk-tales, and now stand forth, clothed in Mr. Baring Gould's delightful English, to enchant youthful readers. 'Gr</w.

S.

Baring Gould.

A BOOK OF NURSERY SONGS AND

'

Edited by S. Baring Gould, and Illustrated by the Birmingham Art School. Buckram, gilt top. Crown Svo. 6s. The volume is very complete in its way, as it contains nursery songs to the number of 77, game-rhymes, and jingles. To the student we commend the sensible introduction, and the explanatory notes.' Birmingham Gazette.

RHYMES.

H. C. Beeching. A BOOK OF CHRISTMAS VERSE. Edited by H. C. Beeching, M.A., and Illustrated by Walter Crane. Crown Svo, gilt top. ^s. An anthology which, from its unity of aim and high poetic excellence, has a better
right to exist than

most of its

fellows.'

Guardian,

Gibbon.

History THE DECLINE AND FALL OF THE ROMAN

A

EMPIRE. By Edward Gibbon. New Edition, Edited with Notes, Appendices, and Maps, by J. B. Bury, LL.D., Fellow of Trinity College, Dublin. In Seven Volumes. Demy %vo. Gilt top. %s. 6d. each. Also crown Svo. 6s. each. Vols. /., //., ///., /K,
and
V.
.
.

'The time has certainly arrived for a new edition of Gibbon's great work. Professor_ Bury is the right man to undertake this task. His learning is amazing, both in extent and accuracy. The book is issued in a handy form, and at a
.

'This edition,

'

moderate price, and it is admirably printed.' Zzw^, is a marvel of erudition and critical skill, and it is tlie very minimum of praise to predict that the seven volumes of it will supersede Dean Milman's as the standard edition of our great historical classic' Glasgow Herald. At last there is an adequate modern edition of Gibbon. . The best edition the nineteenth century could produce.' Mattchester Guardian.
. .

Flinders Petrie. A HISTORY OF EGYPT, fromthe Earliest Times to the Present Day. Edited by W. M. Flinders Petrie, D.C.L., LL.D., Professor of Egyptology at University College. Fully Illustrated. In Six Volumes. Crown Svo. 6s. each. Vol. I. Prehistoric Times to XVIth Dynasty. W. M. F. Petrie. Third Edition. Vol. II. The XVIIth and XVIIIth Dynasties. W. M. F.
Petrie.
'

Second Edition.

A history written in the spirit of

Petrie.

scientific precision so worthily represented by Dr. Petrie and his school cannot but promote sound and accurate study, and supply a vacant place in the English literature of Egyptology.' Times.

Flinders
LL. D.
*

RELIGION AND CONSCIENCE IN

M. Flinders Petrie, D.C.L., Crown Svo. 2s. 6d.

ANCIENT EGYPT. By W.
Fully Illustrated.

The

Manchetttr Guardian.

lectures will afford a fund of valuable information for students of ancient ethics.

i^
Flinders Petrie.

Messrs. Methuen's List

SYRIA AND EGYPT, FROM THE TELL EL AMARNA TABLETS. By W. M. Flinders Petrie,
Crown
The
Zvo.
2s. 6d.

D.C.L,, LL.D.
A marvellous
amazing.'
record. Tiiues.

addition

made

to our

knowledge

is

nothing short of

Flinders Petrie.
Volumes.
'

EGYPTIAN TALES.
Illustrated
Svo.
35. 6d. each.

Edited by
Ellis.

W. M.
In

J'^LiNDERS Petrie.

by Tristram

Two
are

Crown

valuable addition to the literature of comparative folk-lore. really illustrations in the literal sense of the word.' Globe.
life

The drawings

'Invaluable as a picture of

in Palestine

and "Egyp^.' Daily News.

EGYPTIAN DECORATIVE ART. Flinders Petrie. W. M. Flinders Petrie. With 120 Illustrations. Cr. Svo. 3J-.
*
'

By
6d.

In these lectures he displays rare skill in elucidating the development of decorative art in Egypt, and in tracing its influence on the art of other countries. Times.

0.

W. Oman.
Vol.
II.
:

A HISTORY OF THE ART OF WAR.

to the

Century.
Illustrated.
'

The Middle Ages, from the Fourth By C. W. Oman, M.A., Fellow of

Demjy
Svo.
2is.

Fourteenth

All Souls', Oxford.

'

is based throughout upon a thorough study of the original sources, and be an indispensable aid to all students of mediaeval history.' Athetueuiu. The whole art of war in its historic evolution has never been treated on such an ample and comprehensive scale, and we question if any recent contribution to the exact history of the world has possessed greater and more enduring value.' Daily

The book
will

Chronicle.

S.

THE TRAGEDY OF THE C^SARS. Baring Gould. With numerous Illustrations from Busts, Gems, Cameos, etc. By S. Baring Gould. Fourth Edition. Royal Svo, 15.^.
A most splendid and
fascinating book on a subject of undying interest. The great feature of the book is the use the author has made of the existing portraits of the Caesars, and the admirable critical subtlety he has exhibited in dealing with this line of research. It is brilliantly written, and the illustrations are supplied on a Daily Chronicle. scale of profuse magnificence.
'

'

H. deB. Gibbins.
5 Maps.

INDUSTRY
By H. de

IN
Svo.

ENGLAND HISTORI:

CAL OUTLINES.

B. Gibbins,

M.A., D.Litt.

With

Second Edition.

Demy

10s. 6d.

A HISTORY OF H. E. Egerton. POLICY. By H. E. Egerton, M.A.

'

BRITISH COLONIAL
jDemy
Svo.
12s. 6d.
facts,

a good book, distinguished by accuracy in detail, clear arrangement of and a broad zrasp of principles. Manchester Guardian. * A most valuable volume.' Athenceum. Able, impartial, clear. .
It is
' . .

Messrs. Methuen's List

Albert Sorel.

13

THE EASTERN QUESTION

IN

THE

By Albert Sorel, of the French Academy. Translated by F. C. Br am well, M.A., with an Introduction by R. C. L. Fletcher, Fellow of Magdalen College, With a Map. Crown Svo. 41. 6d. Oxford.
'

EIGHTEENTH CENTURY.

The author's insight into drama gives the work an

Scotsman,

interest

the character and motives of the leading actors in the uncommon in books based on similar material.'

C.

H. Grinling.

A HISTORY OF THE GREAT NORTHERN

1845-95.

RAILWAY,
and
'

By Charles H. Grinling.
8vo.
jos. 6d.

With Maps

Illustrations.

Demy

'Admirably written, and crammed with interesting facts.' Daily Mail. The only adequate history of a great English railway company that has as yet
'

appeared. Times. Mr. Grinling has done for the history of the Great Northern what Macaulay did for English History.' The Engineer.
'

A. Clark.
and
'

THE COLLEGES OF OXFORD

By Members
appealed to for

Their History
Edited by A.
2>vo.

their Traditions.

of the University.
College.

Clark, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of Lincoln

12s. 6d.

A work which will certainly be

the Colleges of Oxford.'

many

years as the standard book on

Athenaum.

Perrens.

THE HISTORY OF FLORENCE FROM

By
F. T.

TO
A
J.

1434

1492.

Perrens.

'^vo.

\2s. 6d.

history of Florence under the domination of Cosimo, Piero, and Lorenzo de Medicis.

Wells. A SHORT HISTORY OF ROME. M.A., Fellow and Tutor of Wadham Coll., Oxford. Crown 8vo. 35. 6d. Second Edition.

By

J.

Wells,

With 4 Maps.

This book is intended for the Middle and Upper Forms of Public Schools and for Pass Students at the Universities. It contains copious Tables, etc. An original work written on an original plan, and with uncommon freshness and Speaker. vigour.
' '

0.

Browning.

A SHORT HISTORY OF MEDIEVAL ITALY,

By Oscar Browning, Fellow and Tutor
Second Editiori.
of King's

a.d, 1250-1530,

College, Cambridge.
Zvo.
^s.

In Two Volumes,

Crown

each.

Vol. Vol.

I.

II.

Guelphs and Ghibellines. 1250-1409. The Age of the Condottieri. 1409- 1 530.

Mr. Browning is to be congratulated on the production of a work of immense labour and learning.' Westminster Gazette.

THE STORY OF IRELAND. O'Grady. O'Grady, Author of Finn and his Companions.'
*

By Standish
Cr, Svo.
2s.

64.

'Most

delightful,
it

make

most stimulating. Its racy humour, its original imagining*, one of the freshest, breeziest volumes.' Methodist Times,

14

Messrs. Methuen's List

Biography
S.

THE LIFE Baring Gould. PARTE. By S. Baring Gould.

the Text and
'

OF NAPOLEON BONAWith over 450

Large quarto.
Illustrations in

2 Photogravure Plates.

Gilt top.

365-.

The

best biography of Napoleon in our tongue, nor have the French as good a book very nearly as good as Southey's " Life of biographer of their hero.

Manchester Guardian. Nelson." 'The main feature of this gorgeous volume is its great wealth of beautiful photogravures and finely-executed wood engravings, constituting a complete pictorial chronicle of Napoleon L's personal history from the days of his early childhood at Ajaccio to the date of his second interment.' Daily Telegraph. Nearly all the illustrations are real contributions toYnstory.' Westminster Gazette.
'

'

Morris Fuller.
Fuller, B.D.
J.

THE LIFE AND WRITINGS OF JOHN

D.D. (1571-1641), Bishop
of Salisbury.

DAYENANT,
M. Rigg. ST.
IN

By Morris

Demy

^vo.

los. 6d.
:

ANSELM OF CANTERBURY A

Chapter
7j. (>d.

THE History of Religion. By J. M. Rigg. DemyZvo.

Mr. Rigg has told the story of the life with scholarly ability, and has contributed an interesting chapter to the history of the Norman period.' Daily Chronicle.

F.
'

W. Joyce. THE LIFE OF SIR FREDERICK OUSELEY. By F. W. Joyce, M.A. 7^. ed.
a. Collingwood.

GORE

This book has been undertaken in quite the right spirit, and written with sympathy, Times. insight, and considerable literary skill.'

W.
'
'

THE LIFE OF JOHN RUSKIN.

By

W.
It is

G. Collingwood, M.A. With Portraits, and 13 Drawings by Second Edition. 2 vols. Svo. 325. Mr. Rusk in.
volumes have been published for a long t'lmt.' Times. long since we had a biography with such delights of substance and of form. Daily Chronicle. for the day, and a joy for ever.' pleasure Such a book is a

No more magnificent

0.

Waldstein. JOHN RUSKIN. By Charles Waldstein, M.A. With a Photogravure Portrait. Post Svo. 5^.
'A thoughtful and
well-written criticism of Ruskin's teaching.' Daily Chronicle.

A. M. F. Darinesteter. THE LIFE OF ERNEST RENAN. By Madame Darmesteter. With Portrait. Second Edition. Cr. Svo. 6s.
superior in its kind to any attempt that has been made of recent years in England. Madame Darmesteter has indeed written for English readers ' 7"^^ Life of Ernest Renan.'" Athenceutn. 'It is a fascinating and biographical and critical study, and an admirably finished work of literary art.' Scotsman. It is interpenetrated with the dignity and charm, the mild, bright, classical grace of form and treatment that Renan himself so loved ; and it fulfils to the uttermost the delicate and difficult achievement it sets out to accomplish.' ..^c^^^wj/.
'
'

A polished gem of biography,

W.

H. Hutton.
The book

THE LIFE OF
With
'

SIR
'

THOMAS MORE.
Crown
Svo.
^s.

By

W. H. HuTTON, M.A.

Portraits.

It is excellently, lays good claim to high rank among our biographies. Scotsman. An excellent monograph. ' Times. even lovingly, written.

Messrs. Methuen's List

15

Travel, Adventure and Topography H. H. Johnston. BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. By Sir

H. H. Johnston, K.C.B. With nearly Two Hundred Illustrations, and Six Maps. Second Edition. Croivn \to. 30^. net. 'A fascinating book, written with equal skiil and charm the work at once of a literary artist and of a man of action who is singularly wise, brave, and experienced.
'

A delightful
known
it.'

It abounds in admirable sketches from pencil.' Westminster Gazette. book . collecting within the covers of a single volume all that is of this part of our African domains. The voluminous appendices are of
.
.

extreme value.' Manchester Guardian. 'The book takes front rank as a standard work by the one man competent to write

Daily Chronicle.

L. Decle.
Edition.
' *
'

THREE YEARS
With 100
Svo.
21s.

IN

SAVAGE AFRICA.
and
5

By

Lionel Decle.

Illustrations

Maps.

Second

Demy

A fine,

book. 'Patl Mall Gazette. Abounding in thrilling adventures.' Daily Telegraph. His book is profusely illustrated, and its bright pages give a better general survey of Africa from the Cape to the Equator than any single volume that has yet been Times. published.'
full

* ' '

A delightful book.'
Astonishingly frank.

Academy.

'
'

Every page deserves close attention.' Literature. Unquestionably one of the most interesting books of travel which have recently Standard. appeared.' The honest impressions of a keen-eyed and intrepid traveller.' Scots fnan. Appealing powerfully to the popular imagination.' Globe.

Henri of Orleans. FROM TONKIN TO INDIA. By Prince Henri of Orleans. Translated by Hamley Bent, M.A. With
100 Illustrations and a Map.
'

Crown

4to, gilt top.

25J.

'

welcome contribution to our knowledge. The narrative is full and interesting, and the appendices give the work a substantial \z\.\xt..' Times. The Prince's travels are of real importance ... his services to geography have been considerable. The volume is beautifully illustrated.' Athemsum.

R.

S. S.

Baden-PoweU.

THE DOWNFALL OF PREMPEH.

Daily Neivs.

Diary of Life in Ashanti, 1895. By Colonel Baden-Powell. With 21 Illustrations and a Map. Cheaper Edition. Large Crown
'

Svo. 6s. compact, faithful, most readable record of the campaign.'

R.

S. S.

Baden-PoweU.

THE MATABELE CAMPAIGN, 1896.

nearly 100 Illustrations.

By Colonel Baden- Powell. With Large Crown Svo. 6s. Edition.

'

Cheaper

As a straightforward account
this

book

is

of a great deal of plucky well worth reading.' T/w^j.

work unpretentiously done,

S. L.
S.
'

Hinde. THE FALL With Plans, L. Hinde.

things,

OF THE CONGO ARABS. By

etc.

Demy

Svo.

12s. 6d.

The book is full of good 'A graphic sketch of one

for

supremacy

in

and of sustained interest.' ^S"^. James's Gazette. of the most exciting and important episodes in the struggle Central Africa between the Arabs and their European rivals.'

Times.

i6

Messrs. Methuen's List

St.

A.

H. Gibbons.

CENTRAL AFRICA.
With 8
'

EXPLORATION AND HUNTING IN

By Major A.
St.

H. Gibbons, F.R.G.S.

full-page Illustrations by C. Whymper, 25 Photographs and Maps. Demj^ Svo. 1 j. His book is a grand record of quiet, unassuming, tactful resolution. His advenTimes. tures were as various as his sporting exploits were exciting.'

E. H. Alderson.

MASHONALAND FIELD FORCE,

J\rguis.

WITH THE MOUNTED INFANTRY AND

By Lieut. -Colonel 1896. Plans. Demy2>vo. los.Sd.
growth.' iPm/y

Alderson. With numerous Illustrations and

'An

interesting contribution to the story of the British Empire's

'A clear,

vigorous,

and

soldier-like narrative.'

Scotsman.

Seymour Vandeleur. CAMPAIGNING ON THE UPPER NILE AND NIGER. By Lieut. Seymour Vandeleur. With
an Introduction by Sir G. Goldie, K.C.M.G. With 4 Maps, Illustrations, and Plans. Large Crown Svo. los. 6d. Upon the African question there is no book procurable which contains so much of
value as this one.'

Guardian.

Lord Fincastle. A FRONTIER CAMPAIGN. By the Viscount FiNCASTLE, V.C, and Lieut. P. C. Elliott- Lockhart. With a Map and 16 Illustrations. Second Edition. Crown %vo. ds.
'An admirable book, combining
J.
'

in a volume a piece of pleasant reading for the general reader, and a really valuable treatise on frontier wax.'Atkencsum.

K. Trotter.

THE NIGER SOURCES.

With a Map and
well as a lucidly

By Colonel
Crown
^vo.

J.

K.

Trotter, R. A. A most interesting as

Illustrations.

^s.

and modestly written hooV.' Sptctator.

Michael Davitt. LIFE AND PROGRESS IN AUSTRALASIA. By Michael Davitt, M.P. With 2 Maps. Cro^vn Svo.
6s.
*

500 pp.

An interesting and suggestive work.' Daily Chronicle. 'Contains an astonishing amount of practical information.' Daily Mail. One of the most valuable contributions to our store of Imperial literature that has been published for a very long time.' Pall Mall Gazette.
'

W.
'

Crooke.

THE NORTH-WESTERN PROVINCES OF

Their Ethnology and Administration. By W. Crooke. With Maps and Illustrations. Detny Svo. 10s. 6d. A carefully and well-written account of one of the most important provinces of the
:

INDIA

its religious

Empire. Mr. Crooke deals with the land in its physical aspect, the province under Hindoo and Mussulman rule, under British rule, its ethnology and sociology, and social life, the land and its settlement, and the native peasant. The illustrations are good, and the map is excellent.'Manchester Guardian.

A. Boisragon.
Boisragon.
'

THE BENIN MASSACRE.

By Captain

Crown Svo. ^s. 6d. Secoftd Edition. If the story had been written four hundred years ago it would be read to-day as an English classic' Scotsman. 'If anything could enhance the horror and the pathos of this remarkable book it is the simpU style of the author, who writes as he would talk, unconscious of his own heroism, with an artlessness which is the highest zxi.' Pall Mall Gazette-

Messrs. Methuen's List

H.
S.
:

17

Cowper. THE HILL OF THE GRACES or, the Great Stone Temples of Tripoli. By H. S. Cowper, F.S.A. With
branch of antiquarian research.'
Times.

Maps, Plans, and 75 Illustrations. Demy %vo. \Qs. 6d. Forms a valuable chapter of what has now become quite a large and important

W. Kinnaird
W.
'

Rose.

WITH THE GREEKS

IN THESSALY.
With Plans and
B.

By W. Kinnaird Rose, Renter's Crown 8vo. 6s. 23 Illustrations.

B. Worsfold. M.A. With a Map.

Correspondent.

SOUTH AFRICA.

By W.

Worsfold,
World.

Second Edition. Crown 8vo.

6s.

A monumental work

compressed into a very moderate compass.'

Naval and Military

G.

W.

Steevens.
Svo.
6s.

NAVAL POLICY

By. G.

W. Steevens.

Demy

This book is a description of the British and other more important navies of the world, with a sketch of the lines on which our naval policy might possibly be developed. 'An extremely able and interesting work.' Daily Chronicle.

D. Hannay.
Illustrated.

A SHORT HISTORY OF THE ROYAL NAVY,

By David Hannay.
2
Vols.

From Early Times to the Present Day.

De/ny
Zvo.

'

Vol. I., 1200- 1688. and those who go to it for a lively and brisk picture of the past, with all its faults and its grandeur, will not be disappointed. The historian is endowed with literary skill and style.' Standard. 'We can warmly recommend Mr. Hannay's volume to any intelligent student of naval history. Great as is the merit of Mr. Hannay's historical narrative, the
6d. each.

p.

We read it from cover

to cover at a sitting,

merit of his strategic exposition

is

even greater.'

Times.

0.

Cooper King. THE STORY OF THE BRITISH js. Colonel Cooper King, Illustrated. Demy Svo.
An
*

ARMY. By
6d.

and accurate story of England's military progress.' Daily Mail. This handy volume contains, in a compendious form, a brief but adequate sketch of the story of the British zxxwy.'Daily News.
authoritative

R. Southey.
Drake,

ENGLISH SEAMEN (Howard, Clifford, Hawkins,

By Robert Southey.
Edited,

Cavendish).

with an

CrownZvo. 6s. Introduction, by David Hannay. Second Edition. 'Admirable and well-told stories of our naval history.' ^rwjy and Navy Gazette. 'A brave, inspiriting book.' Black and White.

W.
'

Clark Russell.

THE LIFE OF ADMIRAL LORD

By W. Clark Russell, With Third Edition. Crown Svo. 6s.
like to see in the
'

COLby

LINGWOOD.

Illustrations
in the

F. Brangwyn. A book which we should St. James's Gazette.

hands of every boy

country.'

A really good book.'

Saturday Review.

E. L. S. Horsburgh.

THE CAMPAIGN OF WATERLOO.

as.

With Plans. Crown Svo. E. L. S. HORSBURGH, B.A. 'A brilliant essay simple, sound, and thorough.' Z?^//?' Chronicle.

By

A3

Messrs. Methuen's List

H. B.George. BATTLES OF ENGLISH HISTORY. ByH.B. George, M.A., Fellow of New College, Oxford. With numerous Plans. Third Edition^ Crown %vo. ds.
'

Mr. George has undertaken a very useful task that of making military affairs inand has executed it with laudtelligible and instructive to non-military readers Titttes. able intelligence and industry, and with a large measure of success.'

S.

Baring Gould.

General Literature Gould. OLD COUNTRY LIFE.

With Sixty-seven
(>s.

By

Illustrations.

Lai-ge

Crown

S. Baring 8vo. Fifth

Edition.
'

"Old Country

Life," as healthy wholesome reading, full of breezy life and movement, full of quaint stories vigorously told, will not be excelled by any book to be published throughout the year. Sound, hearty, and English to the cor e.'lVorld.

S.
'

Baring Gould. HISTORIC ODDITIES AND STRANGE EVENTS. By S. Baring Gould. Fourth Edition. Crown %vo. 6j. A collection of exciting and entertaining chapters. The whole volume is delightful
reading.'

Times.

S.
'

Baring Gould. FREAKS OF FANATICISM. By Gould. Third Edition. Crown %vo. ds. A perfectly fascinating book.' Scottish Leader.
Baring Gould.

S.

Baring

S.

A GARLAND OF COUNTRY SONG

English Folk Songs with their Traditional Melodies. Collected and arranged by S. Baring Gould and H. F. Sheppard. Demy /\io. 6s.
S.

Baring Gould.
M.A.
In one
'

SONGS OF THE WEST:

West of England, with Gould, M.A., and H.
/.,

Traditional

Ballads and Songs of the Collected by S. Baring

their Melodies.

F.

Sheppard,
Ss.

In 4 Parts.
Vol.,

Parts

//., ///., 3^.

each.

Part IV.,

French

viorocco, l^s.

A rich collection

of humour, pathos, grace, and poetic ia.ncy.^ Saturday Review.

S.

Baring Gould. YORKSHIRE ODDITIES AND EVENTS. By S. Baring Gould. Fourth Edition.
6s.

STRANGE
Crown
Svo.

S.

Baring Gould. STITIONS. By

6s.

STRANGE SURVIVALS AND SUPERS.

Baring Gould.

Croivn%vo.

Secotui Edition.

S.

THE DESERTS OF SOUTHERN Baring Gould. FRANCE. By S. Baring. Gould. 2 vols. Demy Svo. 32s.

Cotton Minchin. OLD MiNCHiN. Crown Svo.

'

HARROW

DAYS.
55.

By

J.

G.

Cotton

Second Edition.
Daily Chronicle.

This book

is

an admirable

record.'

Messrs. Methuen's List

19

W.

W.

E. Gladstone. E. GLADSTONE,
J. \2s. 6d. each.

THE SPEECHES OF THE

RT.

HON.

and H. and X.
7s. 6d.
'

M.P. Edited by A. W. Hutton, M.A., Cohen, M.A. With Portraits. Demy Svo. Vols. IX.

E. V. Zenker.

ANARCHISM. By
in
is

E. V. Zenker.
TAe Speaker.

Defny Zvo.

Well-written, and full of shrewd comments.'

Herr Zenker has succeeded

of Anarchist theory. Literature.

He

to

producing a careful and critical history of the growth be congratulated upon a really interesting work.'

H. G. Hutchinson. G. Hutchinson.
*
'

THE GOLFING PILGRIM.

Crown

By Horace

'
'

'

%vo. ^s. Full of useful information with plenty of good stories.' Truth. Without this book the golfer's library will be incomplete.' Pall Mall Gazette. We can recommend few books as better company.' St. James's Gazette. It will charm all golfers.' Times. Decidedly pleasant reading.' Atkenceum.

J.

Wells.

OXFORD AND OXFORD

LIFE.

By Members

of

the University. Edited by J. Wells, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of Wadham College. Second Edition. Crown Svo. ^s. 6d. 'We congratulate Mr. Wells on the production of a readable and intelligent account of Oxford as it is at the present time, written by persons who are possessed of a close acquaintance with the system and life of the University.' Athenceum.

J.Wells.

OXFORD AND

Fellow and Tutor of Wadham College. Illustrated by E. H. Leather, y. 6d. net. Second Edition. Ecap. 8vo. ^s. 'An admiral)le and accurate little treatise, attractively illustrated.' World. 'A luminous and tasteful little volume.' Daily Chronicle.
'

ITS COLLEGES. By J. Wells, M. A., New.

Exactly what the intelligent

visitor wants.'

Glasgotv Herald.

0. G. Robertson.

VOCES ACADEMICS.
Souls', Oxford.
little

By

C.

Grant

Robertson, M.A., Fellow of All

' '

With a Frontis-

piece. Pott. Svo. 3 J. 6d. Decidedly clever and amusing.'

A clever and
Whibley.
of

entertaining

Athenceum. book.'/"// Mall Gazette.

:

L.

TION AND CHARACTER.

Pembroke
'An exceedingly
useful

GREEK OLIGARCHIES THEIR ORGANISACollege, handbook

By L. Whibley, M.A., Fellow Cambridge. Crown Svo. 6s.

:

a careful and well-arranged study.'

Times.

L.

L.

PRACTICE. SCIENCE Price. By L. L. Price, M.A., Fellow of Oriel College, Oxford. Crown
6s.

ECONOMIC

AND

8z>o.

J.
'

S.

Shedlock.
lucid history

THE PIANOFORTE SONATA

By
J. S.

Its

Origin

and Development.
This work should be

Shedlock.

in the possession of

^s. Crozvn Svo. every musician and amateur.

for reference.'

A concise

and

and a very valuable work

Athenawn.

E.M. Bowden.
tions

THE EXAMPLE OF BUDDHA:

Being QuotaCompiled

from Buddhist Literature for each Day in the Year. by E. M. BowDEN. Third Edition. i6nio. is. 6d.

20

Messrs. Methuen's List

Science and Technolo gy

Freudenreich. DAIRY BACTERIOLOGY. A Short Manual for the Use of Students. By Dr. Ed. von Freudenreich. Translated by J. R. Ainsworth Davis, B.A. Crown %vo. 2s.6d.

OUTLINES OF BIOLOGY. By P. Chalmers Mitchell. Chalmers Mitchell, M.A., Illustrated. Crown Svo. 6s. text-book designed to cover the new Schedule issued by the Royal College of A
Physicians and Surgeons.

G.Massee. A MONOGRAPH OF THE MYXOGASTRES. By George Massee. With 12 Coloured Plates. Royal %vo. iSs.net.
'

A work

much

organisms.

in advance of any book in the lanr- lage treating of this group of Indispensable to every student of the Myxogastres. Nature.
'

Stephenson and Suddards. ORNAMENTAL DESIGN FOR WOVEN FABRICS. By C. Stephenson, of The Technical College, Bradford, and F. Suddards, of The Yorkshire College,
*

Leeds. With 65 full-page plates. The book is very ably done, displaying an
taste,

Demy

Svo.

ys. 6d.

and the faculty of clear

exposition.'

intimate knowledge of principles, good Yorkshire Post.

TEXT-BOOKS OF TECHNOLOGY.

HOWTOMAKEA Crown
'

Edited by Professors

GARNETT and WERTHEIMER.

DRESS

ByJ.

A.

E.

Wood.

Ilhistrated. Svo. is. 6d. A text-book for students preparing for the City and Guilds examination, based on the syllabus. The diagrams are numerous. Though primarily intended for students, Miss Wood's dainty little manual may be consulted with advantage by any girls who want to make their own frocks. The directions are simple and clear, and the diagrams very helpful.' Literature. 'A splendid little book.' Evening Neivs.

L. T.
'

'

215. The most important contribution to English philosophy since the publication of Mr. Bradley's " Appearance and Reality." Glasgow Herald. brilliantly written volume.' Times.
'

L. T.

Hobhouse. Hobhouse, Fellow

Philosophy THE THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE.

of C.C.C, Oxford.

By

Demy

Svo.

W.
'

H. Fairbrother. THE PHILOSOPHY OF T. H. By W. H. Fairbrother, M.A. Crown Svo. 3.r. 6d.

In every

GREEN.

way an admirable

book.'

Glasgow Herald.

F.

W.
'

BusseU.

THE SCHOOL OF PLATO.

Manchester Guardian.

BussELL, D.D., Fellow of Brasenose College, Oxford.

105. dd.

By F. W. Demy Svo.

A highly valuable contribution to the history of ancient

clever

thought.' Glasgow Herald.

'A

and stimulating book,

Messrs. Methuen's List

F. S. Granger.

21

THE WORSHIP OF THE ROMANS.

By

F. S. Granger, M.A., Litt.D., Professor of Philosophy at UniverCrown S7J0. 6s. sity College, Nottingham. A scholarly analysis of the religious ceremonies.beliefs, and superstitions of ancient Rome, conducted in the new light of comparative anthropology.' Times.

Theology
1banDt)ooft6 qX ^beolop^. General Editor, A. Robertson, D.D., Principal of King's College, London.

THE
'

XXXIX. ARTICLES OF

THE CHURCH OF ENG-

Edited with an Introduction by E. C. S. Gibson, D.D., Vicar of Leeds, late Principal of Wells Theological College. Second and Cheaper Edition in Otte Volume. Demy Svo. I2s. 6d.
Dr. Gibson is a master of clear and orderly exposition. And he has in a high degree a quality very necessary, but rarely found, in commentators on this topic, that of absolute fairness. His book is pre-eminently honest.' Times. 'After a survey of the whole book, we can bear witness to the transparent honesty of purpose, evident industry, and clearness of style which mark its contents. They maintain throughout a very high level of doctrine and tone.' Guardian, The most convenient and most acceptable commentary.' Expository Times.

LAND.

'

AN INTRODUCTION TO THE HISTORY OF RELIGION.

'

'

Y. B. Jevons, M.A., Litt.D., Principal of Bishop Hatfield's los. 6d. Hall. De7?iy Svo. Dr. Jevons has written a notable work, which we can strongly recommend to the serious attention of theologians and anthropologists.' Manchester Guardian. The merit of this book lies in the penetration, the singular acuteness and force of the author's judgment. He is at once critical and luminous, at once just and suggestive. A comprehensive and thorough book.' Birminghavi Post.

By

THE DOCTRINE OF THE INCARNATION.

Ottley, M. a.,
of Pusey House.
'

late fellow of Magdalen College,

By R. L. Oxon., and Principal

i^s.

In Two Volumes. Demy^vo.

:

Learned and reverent

. .

lucid

'

A clear and remarkably full account

precision . genuine tolerance Ottley's merits.' Guardian.

and well arranged.' Record. of the main currents of speculation.

. . .

intense interest in his subject

are

Scholarly

Mr.

tibe Cburcbntan'6 3Llbrari2

Edited by
J.

H.

BURN,

B.D.

THE BEGINNINGS OF ENGLISH CHRISTIANITY.

W.

By

E. Collins, M.A., Professor of Ecclesiastical History at King's College, London. With Map. Crown Svo. ^s. 6d. An investigation in detail, based upon original authorities, of the beginnings of the
full

'An

English Church, with a careful account of earlier Celtic Christianity. Some very appendices treat of a number of special subjects. excellent example of thorough and fresh historical work.' Guardian.

SOME NEW TESTAMENT PROBLEMS.

Wright, Fellow
'

By Arthur
6s.

Bold and outspoken

of Queen's College, Cambridge. Crown Svo. earnest and reverent,' Glasgow Herald.

22
S R. Driver.
Canon of
'

Messrs. Methuen's List

SERMONS ON SUBJECTS CONNECTED WITH THE OLD TESTAMENT. By S. R. Driver, D.D.,

Christ Church, Regius Professor of

Hebrew

in

the Uni-

versity of Oxford.

Crown

Svo.

6s.

welcome companion

to the author's

famous

'

Introduction.'

Guardian.

T.

K. Cheyne. CISM. By
Large crown
'

FOUNDERS OF OLD TESTAMENT CRITIT. K.

Svo.

Cheyne, D.D.,
6d.
Times.

Oriel Professor

at

Oxford.

"js.

A historical sketch of O. T. Criticism. A very learned and instructive work.'

H. H. Henson. DISCIPLINE AND LAW. By H. Hensley Henson, B.D., Fellow of All Souls', Oxford; Incumbent of St.
An
Mary's Hospital, Ilford ; Chaplain to the Bishop of St. Albans. 2s. 6d. Fcap. Svo. admirable little volume of Lent addresses. We warmly commend the general drift of Mr, Henson's book.' Gtiardian.

'

LEAVEN Historical and H. H. Henson. LIGHT Social Sermons. By H. Hensley Henson, M.A. Crown Svo.
:

AND

6s.
'

They

are always reasonable as well as rigorous.

'

Scotsman.

W. H.
'

Bennett. A PRIMER OF THE BIBLE. By Prof. W. H. Bennett. Second Edition. Crowyi Svo. 2s. 6d.
in

of an honest, fearless, and sound critic, and an excellent guide compass to the books of the Bible.' Manchester Guardian^ .' ^x\mt.x English Churchman, 'A unique

The work

a small

C.H.Prior. CAMBRIDGE SERMONS. Edited by C.H. Prior, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of Pembroke College. Crozvn Svo. 6s. A volume of sermons preached before the University of Cambridge by various
preachers, including the late Archbishop of Canterbury

and Bishop Westcott.

CeciUa Eobinson. THE MINISTRY OF DEACONESSES. By Deaconess Cecilia Robinson. "With an Introduction by the Lord Bishop of Winchester and an Appendix by Professor Armitage Robinson. Crown Svo. 35. 6d.
*A
learned and interesting book, combining with no ordinary skill the authority of learned research with the practical utility of a descriptive manual of parish work.'

Scotsman.

E. B. Layard.

RELIGION IN BOYHOOD.
By
E. B.

Religious Training of Boys.

Notes on the Layard, M.A. iSmo. is.

W.

Yorke
Notes, etc.,

RUDIBUS OF

CATECHIZANDIS Fausset. ST. AUGUSTINE. Edited, with Introduction, by W. Yorke Fausset, M.A. Crown Svo. 3^. 6d.

THE

DE

An

edition of a "Treatise on the Essentials of Christian Doctrine, and the best methods of impressing them on candidates for baptism.

F.Weston.
A
small

Curate of

SACRIFICE. By F. Weston, M.A., \s. Matthew's, Westminster. Pott Svo. volume of devotions at the Holy Communion, especiallj' adapted to the
St.

THE HOLY

needs of servers and those

who do

not communicate.

Messrs. Methuen's List

23

AKempis.

THE IMITATION OF

CHRIST.

By Thomas a

Kempis. Wilh an Introduction by Dean Farrar. Illustrated by Second Edition. Fcap, C. M. Gere, and printed in black and red. Zvo. Buckram. 3^. (>d. Padded morocco^ 55.
'Amongst
all the innumerable English editions of the " Imitation," there can have been few which were prettier than this one, printed in strong and handsome type, with all the glory of red imiiaXs,.' Glasgow Herald.

J.

Keble.

THE CHRISTIAN YEAR.

ByJOHNKEBLE. Withan
,

'

Introduction and Notes by W. LoCK, D. D. Warden of Keble College, Ireland Professor at Oxford. Illustrated by R. Anning Bell. Second Edition. Fcap. %vo. Buckram. 3^. dd. Padded morocco, 5^. The present edition is annotated with all the care and insight to be expected from Mr. Lock. The progress and circumstances of its composition are detailed in the Introduction. There is an interesting Appendix on the Mss. of the " Christian Year," and another giving the order in which the pems were written. A " Short Analysis of the Thought is prefixed to each, and any difficulty in the text is explained in a note.'

Guardian.

Cbe Xlbrars
Pott 8vo, cloth.
' '

ot Bevotioti.
leather.
2s. 6d. net.

2s

This series is excellent.' The Bishop of London. A very delightful edition.' The Bishop of Bath and Wells. ' Well worth the attention of the Clergy.' The Bishop of Lichfield. 'The new " Library of Devotion " is excellent.' The Bishop of Peterborough. * Charming.' Record.
'

Delightful.' CAwrcA Bells.

THE CONFESSIONS OF

ST.

AUGUSTINE.

Newly

Translated, with an Introduction and Notes, by C. BiGG, D.D., late Student of Christ Church. Second Edition. 'The translation is an excellent piece of English, and the introduction is a masterly exposition. We augur well of a series which begins so satisfactorily.' Tiines. 'No translation has appeared in so convenient a form, and none, we think, evidenc'

ing so true, so delicate, so feeling a touch.' Birmingham Post. Dr. Bigg has made a new and vigorous translation, and has enriched the text with a luminous introduction and pithy notes.' Speaker.

THE CHRISTIAN YEAR.

'

By John Keble. With Introduction and Notes by WALTER Lock, D.D., Warden of Keble College, Ireland Professor at Oxford. 'No prettier book could be desired.' Manchester Guardian. The volume is very prettily bound and printed, and may fairly claim to be an advance on any previous editions.' Guardian. The introduction is admirable, and admirers of Keble will be greatly Interested in the chronological list of the poems.' Bookman.'
'

THE IMITATION OF

CHRIST.

Revised Translation,
late

with an Introduction, by C. Church.

Bigg, D.D.,

Student of Christ

Dr. Bigg has made a practically new translation of this book, which the reader will have, almost for the first time, exactly in the shape in which it left the hands of the author. 'The text is at once scholarly in its faithful reproduction in English of the sonorous Church Latin in which the original is composed, and popular in the sense of being simple and intelligible.' i'c<7/j;a.

24

Messrs. Methuen's List

3Leatier0 oC Ifileligion

With Portraits, crown Svo. 3s. 6d. short biographies of the most prominent leaders of religious life and thought of all ages and countries. The following are ready

Edited by H. C.

BEECHING, M.A.

A series of

CARDINAL NEWMAN. By R. H. HUTTON. JOHN WESLEY. By J. H. Overton, M.A.

BISHOP WILBERFORCE. By G. W. Daniell, M.A. CARDINAL MANNING. By A. W. Hutton, M.A. CHARLES SIMEON. By H. C. G. Moule, D.D. JOHN KEBLE. By Walter Lock, D.D. THOMAS CHALMERS. By Mrs. Oliphant.

LANCELOT ANDREWES. By R. L. Ottley, AUGUSTINE OF CANTERBURY. By E. L. WILLIAM LAUD. By W. H. Hutton, B.D. JOHN KNOX. By F. MacCunn. JOHN HOWE. By R. F. Horton, D.D.
BISHOP KEN. By
F. A.

M.A. Cutts, D.D.

Clarke, M.A.
D.C.L.

GEORGE FOX, THE QUAKER. By T. HODGKIN, JOHN DONNE. By AUGUSTUS Jessopp, D.D. THOMAS CRANMER. By A. J. Mason.
Other volumes
will

be announced in due course.

Fiction
SIX SHILLING NOVELS Marie Corelli's Novels
Crown
Svo.
6s. each.

A ROMANCE OF TWO W^ORLDS. Eighteenth Edition. VENDETTA. Fourtee7ith Edition, THELMA. Twentieth Edition. ARDATH. Eleventh Edition. THE SOUL OF LILITH Ninth Edition.

WORMWOOD.
:

Ni?ith Edition.

BARABBAS A DREAM OF THE WORLD'S TRAGEDY.

Thirty-third Edition.
'

The

tender reverence of the treatment and the imaginative beauty of the writing have reconciled us to the daring of the conception, and the conviction is forced on us that even so exalted a subject cannot be made too familiar to us, provided it be
presented in the true spirit of Christian faith. The amplifications of the Scripture narrative are often conceived with high poetic insight, and this "Dream of the World's Tragedy" is a lofty and not inadequate paraphrase of the supreme climax of the inspired narrative.' Dublin Reviezv.

THE SORROWS OF SATAN.

*

a very powerful
command

piece of work. . . to win an abiding place within the

Thirty-ninth Edition. The conception is magnificent, and is likely memory of man. The author has immense
.

of language, and a limitless audacity. . . This interesting and remarkable romance will live long after much of the ephemeral literature of the day is forgotten. ... A literary phenomenon novel, and even sublime.' W. T. Stead in the Review of Reviews.
.
.

Messrs. Methuen's List

Anthony Hope's Novels
Crown
Svo.
6s. each.

25

THE GOD
'

IN

THE

CAR.

Eighth Edition.
;

A very remarkable book,

brilliant,

deserving of critical analysis impossible within our limit but not superficial ; well considered, but not elaborated constructed with the proverbial art that conceals, but yet allows itself to be enjoyed by readers to whom fine literary method is a keen pleasure.' The World.

A CHANGE OF
'A
graceful, vivacious
'

AIR.

Fifth Edition.
The
characters arc traced

comedy, true to human nature.

with a masterly haad.' Times.

A MAN OF MARK.

Fourth Edition.
best compares with

Of all Mr. Hope's books, " A Man of Mark " is the one which " The Prisoner of Zenda." ^National Observer.

THE CHRONICLES OF COUNT ANTONIO.

Guardian.

Third Edition.

'It is a perfectly enchanting story of love and chivalry, and pure romance. The Count is the most constant, desperate, and modest and tender of lovers, a peerless gentleman, an intrepid fighter, a faithful friend, and a magnanimous foe.'

PHROSq.
'The
tale
is
'

Illustrated

by H. R. Millar.

Third Edition.

thoroughly fresh, quick with vitality, stirring the blood, and humorously, dashingly told.' ^/. James's Gazette. * A story of adventure, every page of which is palpitating with B.ction.' Speaker. From cover to cover " Phroso " not only engages the attention, but carries the reader in little whirls of delight from adventure to adventure.' Academy.

SIMON DALE.
'

By Anthony Hope.

Illustrated.

Third

Edition. Crown Sz'o. 6s. "Simon Dale" is one of the best

long while.'
bright

'A
'

historical romances that have been written for a St. James's Gazette. story.' Graj>hic. brilliant novel. The story is rapid and most excellently told. As for the hero, he is a perfect hero of romance he is brave, witty, adventurous, and a good

and gallant

lover.
'

'

A thenaum.

There

searching analysis of human nature, with a most ingeniously constructed plot. Mr. Hope has drawn the contrasts of his women with marvellous subtlety and delicacy. This love-story of 200 years ago makes the man and the woman
is

live again.'

Times.

S.

Baring Gould's Novels Crown Svo. 6s. tach.

'To say

'

that a book is by the author of " Mehalah" is to imply that it contains a story cast on strong lines, containing dramatic possibilities, vivid and sympathetic descriptions of Nature, and a wealth of ingenious imagery.' Speaker. That whatever Mr. Baring Gould writes is well worth reading, is a conclusion that may be very generally accepted. His views of life are fresh and vigorous, his language pointed and characteristic, the incidents of which he makes use are striking and original, his characters are life-like, and though somewhat excepAdd to this that his tional people, are drawn and coloured with artistic force. descriptions of scenes and scenery are painted with the loving eyes and skilled hands of a master of his art, that he is always fresh and never dull, and it is no wonder that readers have gained confidence in his power of amusing and satisfying them, and that year by year his popularity widens.' Court Circular.

ARMINELL.
URITH.
IN

Fourth Edition.

Fifth Edition.

MRS.

THE ROAR OF THE SEA. Sixth Edition. CURGENVEN OF CURGENVEN. Fourth Edition.

26

Messrs. Methuen's List

CHEAP JACK ZITA. Fourfk Edition, THE QUEEN OF LOVE. Fourth Edition. MARGERY OF QUETHER. Third Edition.
J

ACQUETTA.

Third Edition.
Fifth Edition.
C.

KITTY ALONE.
Edition.

NOEML Illustrated by R. THE BROOM-SQUIRE.

WoODViLLE.
by

Illustrated

Third Edition. Dadd. Fourth

THE PENNYCOMEQUICKS. Third Edition. DARTMOOR IDYLLS. GUAVAS THE TINNER. Illustrated by F. Dadd.
Edition.

Second

BLADYS.

Illustrated.

Second Edition.

Gilbert Parker's Novels Crown Svo. 6s. each.

PIERRE AND HIS PEOPLE.

'

Fourth Edition.
There
is

Stories happily conceived

and finely executed. Parker's style.' Datty Telegraph.

strength and genius in Mr.

MRS. FALCHION.
'

Fourth Edition.

A splendid study of character.' A thenceum.

But
behind anything that has been done by any writer of our time.' Pall Mall Gazette. A very striking and admirable novel.' -S"^. James's Gazette.
little
'

'

THE TRANSLATION OF A SAVAGE.

'

The

plot

great

and
*

is original and one difBcult to work out ; but Mr. Parker has done it with skill and delicacy. The reader who is not interested in this original, fresh, well-told tale must be a dull person indeed.' Daily Chronicle.

THE TRAIL OF THE SWORD.

A A

Illustrated.

Sixth Edition.

WHEN VALMOND CAME TO

'

rousing and dramatic tale. book like this, in which swords flash, great surprises are undertaken, and daring deeds done, in which men and women live and love in the old passionate way, is a joy inexpressible .''Daily Chronicle.

PONTIAC

The

Story of

a Lost Napoleon. Fourth Edition. Here we find romance real, breathing, living romance. The character of Valmond is drawn unerringly. The book must be read, we may say re-read, for any one thoroughly to appreciate Mr. Parker's delicate touch and innate sympathy with humanity.' Pall Mall Gazette.
:

AN ADVENTURER OF THE NORTH

tures of
*
'

The Last Advenit

THE SEATS OF THE MIGHTY.

'

Pretty Pierre.' Second Edition. The present book is full of fine and moving stories of the great North, and add to Mr. Parker's already high reputation.' Glasgow Herald.

will

Illustrated

Ninth Edition.

'

The best thing he has done one of the best things that any one has done lately.' St. James's Gazette. Mr. Parker seems to become stronger and easier with every serious novel that he attempts. He shows the matured power which his former novels have led us to expect, and has produced a really fine historical nov&X.' Athenaeum.
;

'

A great hook..' Blacl^ and White.

for

'One of the strongest

stories of historical interest

and adventure that we have read

Sfeaker.

many

a day.

... A

notable and successful book.'

Messrs. Methuen's List

27

THE POMP OF THE LAVILETTES.

'

Second Edition, is.dd.

Living, breathing romance, genuine and unforced pathos, and a deeper and more subtle knowledge of human nature than Mr. Parker has ever displayed before. Pa!l Mall Gazette. It is, in a word, the work of a true artist.'

Conan Doyle.
Doyle.
'

ROUND THE RED LAMP.

Croum
%vo.
6s.

By

A.

Conan

The book

best view that has been vouchsafed us behind the is scenes of the consulting -room.' Illustrated London News.

Sixth Edition. far and away the

Stanley

Weyman.

UNDER THE RED

A

ROBE. By Stanley

'

of * Gentleman of France.' With Illustrations by R. C. Woodville. Fourteettth Edition. Crown Svo. 6s. 'A book of which we have read every word for the sheer pleasure of reading, and which we put down with a pang that we cannot forget it all and start again.' Westminster Gazette. Every one who reads books at all must read this thrilling romance, from the first page of which to the last the breathless reader is haled along. An inspiration of Daily Chronicle. manliness and courage.
'

Weyman, Author

Lucas

THE WAGES OF Malet. Malet. Thirteenth Edition. Crown %vo.

Malet.
'

SIN.
6s.

By

Lucas
Malet,
6s.

Lucas

THE CARISSIMA.
Sin,' etc.

By Lucas

Author of The Wages of

Third Edition.

Crown Svo.

INVAR. By S. R. Crockett, Author S. R. Crockett. of 'The Raiders,' etc. Illustrated. Second Edition. Crown %vo. 6s. Full of gallantry and pathos, of the clash of arms, and brightened by episodes of humour and love. Mr. Crockett has never written a stronger or better book.' Westminster Gazette.
'

LOCH
.

S.
'

R. Crockett.

THE STANDARD BEARER.

By

S.

R.

Crockett. Crown Svo. 6s. a delightful tale in his best style.' Speaker.
Mr. Crockett at his best.' Literature. Enjoyable and of absorbing interest.' Scotsman.

' '

Arthur Morrison.
Morrison.

TALES OF MEAN STREETS. By Arthur

'

Crown Svo. 6s. Fifth Edition. Told with consummate art and extraordinary detail. In the true humanity of the book lies its justification, the permanence of its interest, and its indubitable triumph.' A thenaum. A great book. The author's method is amazingly effective, and produces a thrilling sense of reality. The writer lays upon us a master hand. "The book is simply appalling and irresistible in its interest. It is humorous also without humour it would not make the mark it is certain to make.' ^^/^.
;

Arthur Morrison.
Morrison.
' *

A CHILD OF THE J AGO. By Arthur

6s.
simplicity.'

The book is a Told with great vigour and powerful

Third Edition. Crown Svo. masterpiece.' Pall Mall Gazette.

Athtntsum.

28
Mrs.CUfford.
'

Messrs. Methuen's List

A FLASH OF SUMMER. By Mrs. W.

etc.

K. Clif6s.

FORD, Author of * Aunt Anne,*

Th
story
is

Second Edition.
told.' S/faker.

Crown Svo.

a very beautiful one, exquisitely

Emily Lawless.
less, Author of
*

HURRISH.
Maelcho,'
etc.

By

the Honble.

Emily Law%vo.
6j.

Fifth Edition.

Crown

Emily Lawless.
'

MAELCHO

By the Honble. Emily Lawless. A really great book.' Spectator.

is

a Sixteenth Century Romance. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. 6s.

'There

no keener pleasure in life than the recognition of genius. A piece of worl first order, which we do not hesitate to describe as one of the most remarkable literary achievements of this generation.' il/awcA^j/'tfr Guardian.
of the

Emily Lawless.
Honble.
'

TRAITS AND CONFIDENCES. By The

read without pleasure and English, full of delicate spirit, and a keen appreciation inanimate.' Pall Mall Gazette.

Emily Lawless. Crown 8vo. 6s. A very charming little volume. A book which cannot be
profit, written in excellent

of nature,

human and

Jane BArlow. A Barlow, Author

CREEL OF IRISH STORIES. By

of
*

Jane
6s.

Irish Idylls.

'

Second Edition.

Crown

Svo.

'Vivid and singularly real.' Scots?ftan.

J.

H. Findlater. THE GREEN GRAVES OF BALGOWRIE. By Jane H. Findlater. Fourth Edition. Crown Svo. 6s.
'A powerful and
' '
' '

vivid story.'

Standard.

A beautiful story, sad and strange as truth itself.' Vanity Fair. A very charming and pathetic tale.' Pall Mall Gazette. A singularly original, clever, and beautiful story.' Guardian.

Reveals to us a new writer of undoubted faculty and reserve force.' Spectator. 'An exquisite idyll, delicate, affecting, and beautiful.' Black and White.
J.

A H. Findlater. Helen Findlater.

'

DAUGHTER OF
Crown
Svo.
6s.

STRIFE.

By Jane

'A story of strong human interest.' Scotsman. Her thought has solidity and mattu-ity.' Daily Mail.

Mary
' '

Findlater.

OVER THE
Crown
Svo.

HILLS. By Mary Findlater.

6s.

Second Edition.

A strong and fascinating piece of work.' Scotsman. A charming romance, and full of incident. The book is fresh and strong.'

Speaker.
Post.

Will make the author's name loved in many a household.' Literary World. 'A strong and wise book of deep insight and unflinching truth.' Birmingham.
'

H. a. Wells. THE STOLEN BACILLUS, and other By H. G. Wells. Second Edition. Crown Svo. 6s.
*

Stories.

They

a great deal within

are the impressions of a very striking imagination, which, its reach.' Saturday Revieiv.

it

would seem, has

Messrs. Methuen's List

H. G. Wells. G. Wells.
'

29

THE PLATTNER STORY

Second Edition.

and Others. By H.
6s.

Crown

Svo.

Weird and mysterious, they seem to hold the reader as by a magic s^eWScatsman. *No volume has appeared for a long time so likely to give equal pleasure to the simplest reader and to the most fastidious critic' Academy.

Sara Jeanette Duncan. A VOYAGE By Sara Jeanette Duncan, Author

London.
'

OF CONSOLATION.
of

'

Illustrated.

Third Edition.

'An American Crown Svo. 6s.

Girl in

'

'
'

Humour, pure and spontaneous and irresistible.' Daily Mail. 'A most delightfully bright book.' Daily Telegraph. Eminently amusing and entertaining.' Outlook. The dialogue is full of wit.' Globe. Laughter lurks in every page.' Daily News.

E. F. Benson.

DODO A DETAIL OF THE

:

DAY. By

E. F.

Benson.
' '

Sixteenth Edition.

Crown

Svo.

6s.

A delightfully witty sketch of sociely.'Spectator. A perpetual feast of epigram and paradox.' Speaker.

RUBICON. By E. F. E. F. Benson. * Crown Svo. 6s. Dodo.' Fifth Edition.

E. F. Benson. of 'Dodo.'
'

THE

Benson, Author of

THE VINTAGE.
Illustrated
;

By E. F. Benson. Author by G. P. Jacomb-Hood. Third Edition.

We

'

romantic literature a very graceful and moving story. are struck with the close observation of life in Greece.' Saturday Review. The World. Full of fire, earnestness, and beauty.' 'An original and vigorous historical romance.' Morning Post.

Crown Svo. 6s. An excellent piece of

Mrs.
'

SIR ROBERT'S Oliphant. Oliphant. Crown Svo. 6s.

own peculiar charm of styleand

FORTUNE.
By By

By

Mrs.

Full of her

character-painting.

'Pall Mall Gazette.

Mrs. Oliphant.
Second Edition.

THE TWO MARYS.

Crown
Crown
Svo.
6s.

Mrs. Oliphant.
Mrs. Oliphant.

Mrs. Oliphant.
Second Edition.
'A

THE LADY'S WALK.

Svo.

6s. story of exquisite tenderness, of most delicate fancy.'

Pall Mall Gazette.

W.E.Norris.
of
*

MATTHEW AUSTIN.
etc.

Mademoiselle de Mersac,'

E. Norris, Author Fourth Edition. Crown Svo. 6s.

novel.'

By W.

'An

intellectually satisfactory

and morally bracing

Daily Telegraph.

W.
'

E.

Norris.

HIS GRACE.

By W.

E.

Norris.

Third

Crown Svo. 6s. Edition. Mr. Norris has drawn a really fine character

in the

Duke

of Hurstboume.

A thenceunt.

W.
*

By W.

E. Norris. E. Norris.

THE DESPOTIC LADY AND OTHERS.

Crown
Svo.
6s.

A budget of good fiction of which no one will titt.'Scotsman.

30

Messrs. Methuen's List

E. Norris.

W.
'

CLARISSA FURIOSA. By W.
6s.
it is

E. Norris,

Crown
As a

8vo.

story it is admirable, as a j'eu cH esprit with gems of wit and wisdom it is a model,'

capital, as

a lay sermon studded

The World.

W.

Clark Russell.

MY DANISH SWEETHEART.
Illustrated.

By W.
%vo.
ds.

Clark Russell.
Eobert Barr.
Barr.
*
'

Fourth Edition.

Crown

IN

THE MIDST OF ALARMS.

Crown
Svo.
its

By Robert
Daily Chronicle.

Third Edition.

6s.
capital humour.'

A book which has abundantly satisfied

Mr. Barr has achieved a triumph.'

us by

Pall Mall Gazette.

Eobert Barr.
'
'

THE MUTABLE MANY.

'

By Robert Barr,

Author of In the Midst of Alarms,' A Woman Intervenes,' etc. Second Edition. Crown Svo. 6s. Very much the best novel that Mr. Barr has yet given us. There is much insight in it, and much excellent humour.' Daily Chronicle. 'An excellent story. It contains several excellently studied characters.' Glasgow
Herald.

J.

Maclaren Cobban. Saviour of Society. By

'An unquestionably
in

THE KING OF ANDAMAN

J.

A
6s.

Maclaren Cobban.

Crown

Svo.

interesting book.

him the root of immortality.'

It contains one character, at Pall Mall Gazette.

least,

who has

J.

Maclaren Cobban. WILT THOU HAVE THIS WOMAN By J. M.Cobban, Author of The King of Andaman.' CrownSvo. 6s.

.?

M.
' '

MISS ERIN. By M. E. Francis, Author of E. Francis. * CrownSvo. 6s. In a Northern Village.' Second Edition.
A clever and charming story.'
Scotsman.
Perfectly delightfuL' Daily Mail. excellently fancied love tale.' Athenceutn.

'An

Robert Hichens.
of
'

BYEWAYS. By Robert

Hichens.

Author

'

'

Second Edition. CrownSvo. 6s. A very high artistic instinct and striking command of language raise Mr. Hichens' work far above the ruck.' Pall Mall Gazette. The work is undeniably that of a man of striking imagination.' Daily News.
Flames,'
etc.

Percy White.
*
'
'

A PASSIONATE PILGRIM. By Percy White,

'

Author of Mr. Bailey- Martin.

Crown

Svo.

6s.

A work which it
The
clever

is

book of a shrewd and clever author.'

not hyperbole to describe as of rare excellence.' Athett^utn.

Pall MallGazette.

W. Pett
'

Ridge.

SECRETARY TO BAYNE,
Crown
Svo.
6s.

M.P.

By

W. Pett Ridge.
'

Sparkling, vivacious, adventurous. St. James's Gazette. World. Ingenious, amusing, and especially smart.'

J. S.

Fletcher.
*

THE BUILDERS.
i.

By J.

S.

Fletcher, Author
Crown
Svo.
6s.

of
' '

When

Charles

was King.

'

Second Edition.

The background

Replete with delightful descriptions." Vanity Fair. of country life has never been sketched more realistically. '-^Jf^^r^

Messrs. Methuen's List

31

Andrew
Svo.

Balfour.
6s.

BY STROKE OF SWORD.
by

Balfour.

Illustrated

By Andrew W. Cubitt Cooke. Fourth Edition. Crown

'A banquet of good things." Acadeftty. 'A recital of thrilling interest, told with
'An unusually
J. B.
'

unflagging vigour.' Globe. excellent example of a semi-historic romance.' World. 'Manly, healthy, and patriotic' Glasgow Herald.

Burton. IN DELLE-BuRTON.'

THE DAY OF ADVERSITY.

Second Edition.
full

By J. Bloun-

Crown%vo.

6s.

Unusually interesting and

of highly dramatic situations.

Guardian.

J. B.

Burton.

DENOUNCED.
Crown Svo
6s,

By

J.

Bloundelle-Burton.

Second Edition.
J.
*

B. Burton.

THE CLASH OF ARMS.

Second Edition.

By

J.

BloundelleSt.

Svo. 6s. A brave story brave in deed, brave in word, brave in thought.' 'A fine, manly, spirited piece of work.' World.

Burton.

Crown

James's Gazette.

Z.
'

B. Burton.
The very

ACROSS THE SALT SEAS.

By

J.

Bloun-

Crown Svo. 6s. essence of the true romantic spirit.' Truth. ' An ingenious and exciting story.' Manchester Guardian. ' Singularly well written.' Athenceum.
delle-Burton.
C.

W.
*

Scully.

THE WHITE HECATOMB.

By

W
6s.
:

C.

Scully, Author of * Kafir Stories.' Crown Svo. 6s. Reveals a marvellously intimate understanding of the Kaffir mind.'
C.

African

Critic.

W.
'
'

Scully.

BETWEEN SUN AND SAND.

Crown
Athenceutn.

By W. C.
Svo.

Scully, Author of 'The White Hecatomb.'

The reader will find the interest of absolute novelty.' The Graphic. The reader passes at once into the very atmosphere of the African desert the inexpressible space and stillness swallow him up, and there is no world for him
but that immeasurable waste.'

'Strong, simple, direct.' Daily Chronicle. 'One of the most enthralling tales we have read.'

World.
Illus-

Victor Waite. CROSS TRAILS. trated. Crown Svo. 6s.

'

By Victor Waite.

Every page

is

enthralling.'

Academy.
'

'Full of strength and reality.' Athenaum.. ' The book is exceedingly powerful. Glasgow Herald.
I.
'
'

Hooper.
Illustrated

THE SINGER OF MARLY.

by

By
6$.

I.

Hooper.

W. Cubitt Cooke.

Crown

Svo.

The

characters are all jActuresque.' Scots man. novel as vigorous as it is charming.' Literary World.

M.
'

C.

Balfour.

THE FALL OF THE SPARROW.

is

By

M.
It is

Crown Svo. 6s. C. Balfour. unusually powerful, and the characterization

6s,

uncommonly good.' World.

H. Morrah. A Crown Svo.

SERIOUS COMEDY. By Herbert Morrah.

32
H. Morrah.
Author of

Messrs. Methuen's List

THE FAITHFUL CITY.

'

By Herbert Morrah,
8vo.
6s.

Serious Comedy. '

Crown

SUCCESSORS TO TITLE. By Mrs. L. B. Walford. Walford, Author of Mr. Smith, etc. Second Edition, Crown %vo. 6j.
*
'

THE
Svo.

Mary Gaunt.
*
'

KIRKHAM'S FIND.
Crown
novel.'

By Mary Gaunt,
6s.

Author of The Moving Finger.'

really

charming

Standard.

M. M. Dowie.
of
'

GALLIA. By Menie Muriel Dowie, Author

'

A Girl in the Karpathians.

Third Edition.

Crown

Svo.

6s.

The

style is generally admirable, the dialogue not seldom brilliant, the situations surprising in their freshness and originality.' Saturday Revie7t>.

M. M. Dowie. THE CROOK OF Menie Muriel Dowie. Crown Svo.

'An exceptionally
'

THE BOUGH.
6s.
is

By
delight

An

clever and well-written book.' Daily Telegraph. excellent story with shrewd humour and bright writing. The author

'

fully -witty.'Pall Mall Gazette. Strong, suggestive, and witty.' Daily

News.

J.

A. Barry.

IN

THE GREAT DEEP.

Crown
Svo.
of the sea.'

By

Author of 'Steve Brown's Bunyip.' 'A collection of really admirable short stones

J. 6s.

A.

Barry.

Westminster Gazette.

Julian Corbett. A Julian Corbett.

J. B. Patton.

BUSINESS IN GREAT WATERS. By

Second Edition.

Crown

Svo.

6s.

BIJLI,
Illustrated.

THE DANCER.
Crown
Svo.
6s.

By James Blythe

Patton.
'

'A
'

Powerful and fascinating.' Pall Mall Gazette. true and entrancing book.' Country Life Illustrated.

'

A remarkable book.' Bookman. A vivid picture of Indian life.' Academy.

Lorimer.

Norma
'

JOSIAH'S WIFE.
Crown
Svo.
6s.

By Norma Lorimrr.
By Lucy May-

Second Edition.

Written in a bright and witty sty\^.'Pall Mall Gazette.

Lucy Maynard.
NARD.
'It contains

THE PHILANTHROPIST.
Svo.
6s.

Crown

many graphic

sketches of the private

life

of a charitable institution.'

Glasgow Herald.

L.
'

Cope Comford. CAPTAIN JACOBUS A ROMANCE OF THE ROAD. By L. Cope Cornford. Illustrated. CrownSvo. 6s.
:

An exceptionally good

story of adventure

and character.'

World.

L.

Cope Comford.
Cornford, Author
'A very stirring and Mall Gazette.
'

SONS OF ADVERSITY.
of
*

By
Svo.

L.
6s.

Cope
Pali

Captain Jacobus.'

Crown

spirited sketch of the spacious times of

Queen

Elizabeth.'

Packed with

incident.*

Outlook.

Messrs. Methuen's List

F. Brune.
6s.

33

VAUSSORE.

By Francis Brune.

Crown

Svo.

'A
'

subtle, complete achievement.' Ptf// Mall Gazette. This story is strangely interesting.' Manchester Guardian.

OTHER

8IX-8H1LLING NOVELS

Crown

Svo.

THE KING OF ALBERIA. By Laura Daintrey. THE DAUGHTER OF ALOUETTE. By Mary A. Owen. CHILDREN OF THIS WORLD. By Ellen F. Pinsent. AN ELECTRIC SPARK. By G. Manville Fenn. UNDER SHADOW OF THE MISSION. By L. S.

THE SPECULATORS. By J. F. Brewer. THE SPIRIT OF STORM. By Ronald Ross. THE QUEENSBERRY CUP. By Clive P. Wolley.
By John Davidson.
DR.

McChesney.

A HOME IN INVERESK. By T. L. Paton. MISS ARMSTRONG'S AND OTHER CIRCUMSTANCES.

CONGALTON'S LEGACY. By Henry Johnston. TIME AND THE WOMAN. By Richard Pryce. THIS MAN'S DOMINION. By the Author of *A High
Little World.'

DIOGENES OF LONDON. By H. B. Marriott Watson. THE STONE DRAGON. By MURRAY GiLCHRlST. A VICAR'S WIFE. By Evelyn Dickinson.
ELSA.
By
E.

M'Queen Gray.

THREE-AND-SIXPENNY NOVELS
Crown
Hvo.

THE KLOOF BRIDE. By Ernest Glanville. SUBJECT TO VANITY. By Margaret Benson. THE SIGN OF THE SPIDER. By Bertram Mitford. THE MOVING FINGER. By Mary Gaunt. JACO TRELOAR. By J. H. Pearce. THE DANCE OF THE HOURS, By 'Vera.' A WOMAN OF FORTY. By Esm6 Stuart. A CUMBERER of the ground. By CONSTANCE SMITH. THE SIN OF ANGELS. By Evelyn Dickinson. AUT DIABOLUS AUT NIHIL. By X. L. THE COMING OF CUCULAIN. By Standish O'Grady. THE GODS GIVE MY DONKEY WINGS. By Angus Evan THE STAR GAZERS. By G. Manville Fenn. THE POISON OF ASPS. By R. Orton Prov^se. THE QUIET MRS. FLEMING. By R. Pryce.
DISENCHANTMENT. By
F.

DERRICK VAUGHAN, NOVELIST. By Edna

Lyall.

Abbott.

Mabel Robinson.

34

Messrs. Methuen's List

By A. Shield. By J. M. Cobban.
E. NoRRis.

THE SQUIRE OF WANDALES. A REVEREND GENTLEMAN.

A DEPLORABLE AFFAIR.
A CAVALIER'S LADYE. By

By W.

Mrs. Dicker.

THE PRODIGALS. By Mrs. Oliphant. THE SUPPLANTER. By P. Neumann. A MAN WITH BLACK EYELASHES. By H. A. Kennedy. A HANDFUL OF EXOTICS. By S. Gordon. AN ODD EXPERIMENT. By Hannah Lynch. SCOTTISH BORDER LIFE. By James C. Dibdin. HALF-CROWN NOVELS
Crown
%vo.

HOVENDEN, V.C, By F. Mabel Robinson. THE PLAN OF CAMPAIGN. By F. Mabel Robinson. MR. BUTLER'S WARD. By F. Mabel Robinson.
ELI'S

CHILDREN. By

G,

Manville Fenn.

By G. Manville Fenn. DISARMED. By M. Betham Edwards. By W. Clark Russell. AT SEA. MARRIAGE A IN TENT AND BUNGALOW. By the Author of Indian MY STEWARDSHIP. By E. M'Queen Gray. JACK'S FATHER. By W. E. Norris. A LOST ILLUSION. By Leslie Keith.
'

A DOUBLE KNOT.

Idylls

THE TRUE HISTORY OF JOSHUA DAVIDSON, Christian and Communist.

By

E.

Lynn Lynton.

Eleventh Edition.

Post 8vo.

is.

Books
A

for

Boys and Girls

Series of Books by well-known Authors^ well illustrated.

THREE-AND-SIXPENCE EACH

THE ICELANDER'S SWORD. By S. Baring Gould. TWO LITTLE CHILDREN AND CHING. By Edith

E.

Cuthell.

TODDLEBEN'S HERO. By M. M. Blake. ONLY A GUARD-ROOM DOG. By Edith E. Cuthell. THE DOCTOR OF THE JULIET. By Harry Collingwood. MASTER ROCKAFELLAR'S VOYAGE. By W. Clark Russell. SYD BELTON Or, The Boy who would not go to Sea. By G. Manville
:

Fenn.

THE WALLYPUG

IN LONDON.

By G.

E.

Farrow.

The Peacock
A
Series of Books

Library

for Girls by well-known Authors, handsomely bound,

and well illustrated.

THREE-AND-SIXPENCE EACH A PINCH OF EXPERIENCE. By L. B. Walford. THE RED GRANGE. By Mrs. Molesworth.

THE SECRET OF MADAME DE MONLUC.

'

By

the

Author of

Mdle Mon.

Messrs. Methuen's List

35

OUT OF THE FASHION, By L. T. Meade. A GIRL OF THE PEOPLE. By L. T. Meade. HEPSY GIPSY. By L. T. Meade, zs. 6d. THE HONOURABLE MISS. By L. T. Meade. MY LAND OF BEULAH. By Mrs. Leith Adams.

DUMPS.

By Mrs. Parr.

University
A series
for extension students

Extension Series

of books on historical, literary, and scientific subjects, suitable

plete in itself,

and home-reading circles. Each volume is comand the subjects are treated by competent writers in a
spirit.

broad and philosophic

Edited by

J,

E.

SYMES, M.A.,

Principal of University College, Nottingham. Crown Svo. Price {with some exceptions) 2s. 6d.

The following volumes are ready

THE INDUSTRIAL HISTORY OF ENGLAND.

but luminous book cannot

By H. de B. Gibbins, D.Litt., M.A., late Scholar ofWadham College, Oxon.,Cobden Prizeman. Sixth Edition, Revised. With Maps and Plans. 3^, 'A compact and clear story of our industrial development. A study of this concise
phenomena of our
fail to give the reader a clear insight into the principal industrial history. The editor and publishers are to be congratulated on this first volume of their venture, and we shall look with expectant interest for the succeeding volumes of the series.' University Extension Journal.

A HISTORY OF ENGLISH POLITICAL ECONOMY. By L. L. Price, M.A. Fellow of Oriel College, Oxon. Second Edition. PROBLEMS OF POVERTY An Inquiry into the Industrial Conditions of
,

the Poor.

VICTORIAN

THE FRENCH REVOLUTION. By J. E. Symes, M.A. PSYCHOLOGY. By F. S. Granger, M.A. Second Edition. THE EVOLUTION OF PLANT LIFE Lower Forms. By G. Massee. With IllustratioJis, AIR AND WATER. By V. B. Lewes. M.A. Illustrated. THE CHEMISTRY OF LIFE AND HEALTH. By C. W. Kimmins, M.A. Illustrated. THE MECHANICS OF DAILY LIFE. Bv V. P. Sells. M.A. Illustrated. ENGLISH SOCIAL REFORMERS. By H. de B. Gibbins, D.Litt.. M.A. ENGLISH TRADE AND FINANCE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY. By W. A. S. Hewins, B.A. THE CHEMISTRY OF FIRE. The Elementary Principles of Chemistry. By M. M. Pattison Muir, M.A. Illustrated. A TEXT-BOOK OF AGRICULTURAL BOTANY. By M. C. Potter, M.A., F.L.S. Illustrated. 3^. 6d. THE VAULT OF HEAVEN. A Popular Introduction to Astronomy.
:

A. HOBSON, M.A. POETS. By A. Sharp.

J.

By

Third Edition.

By

R. A.

Gregory.

METEOROLOGY. The
M.A.

With numerous Illustrations. Elements of Weather and Climate.

Illustrated.

By H. N.
J.

A MANUAL OF ELECTRICAL SCIENCE.

With numerous Illustrations,
y.

Dickson, F.R.S.E., F.R. Met. Soc.

By George

Burch,

36

Messrs. Methuen's List

By Evan Small, M.A.
Illustrated,

THE EARTH. An Introduction to Physiography.

INSECT LIFE. By F. W. Theobald, M.A. Illustrated. ENGLISH POETRY FROM BLAKE TO BROWNING.
Dixon, M.A.

By W. M.

ENGLISH LOCAL GOVERNMENT.

Law
at University College, Liverpool.

By

E. Jenks, M.A.. Professor of

THE GREEK VIEW OF

College, Cambridge.

LIFE.

By G.

L. Dickinson, Fellow of King's

Second Edition.

Social Questions of
Edited by H. de B.

To-day
M.A.

GIBBINS,
8vo.

D.Litt.,

Crown

2s. 6d.

A series

of volumes

upon those

topics of social, economic,

and

industrial

interest that are at the present

moment foremost

in the public mind.

is

Each volume of the

series is written

by an author who

an acknow-

ledged authority upon the subject with which he deals.

The following Volumes of the

Edition.

Series are ready

Second
J.

TRADE UNIONISMNEW AND OLD.

By G. Howell.
By G.

THE CO-OPERATIVE MOVEMENT

Second Edition.

TO-DAY.

Holyoake,

MUTUAL

THRIFT.

By Rev.

J.

Frome Wilkinson, M.A.

A. Hobson, M.A.

PROBLEMS OF POVERTY. By J. THE COMMERCE OF NATIONS.

By

C. F.

Third Edition. Bastable. M.A., Professor

of Economics at Trinity College, Dublin.

Second Edition,

THE ALIEN INVASION. By W. H. Wilkins, B.A. THE RURAL EXODUS. By P. Anderson Graham. LAND NATIONALIZATION. By Harold Cox, B.A. A SHORTER WORKING DAY. By H. de B. Gibbins,
and R. A. Hadfield, of the Hecla Works,
Sheffield.

D.Litt.,

M.A.,

BACK TO THE LAND An Inquiry into

:

the Cure for Rural Depopulation.

By H.

E.

Moore.

TRUSTS. POOLS AND CORNERS. By J. Stephen Jeans. THE FACTORY SYSTEM. By R. W. Cooke-Taylor. THE STATE AND ITS CHILDREN. By Gertrude Tuckwell.

WOMEN'S WORK.
Towns, and its

MUNICIPALITIES AT WORK.
SOCIALISM

By Lady Dilke, Miss Bulley, and Miss Whitley. The Municipal Policy of Six Great Influence on their Social Welfare. By Frederick Dolman.

AND MODERN THOUGHT. By M. Kaufmann. THE HOUSING OF THE WORKING CLASSES. By E. Bowmaker.

Messrs. Methuen's List

37

MODERN CIVILIZATION

IN

SOME OF

ITS

ECONOMIC ASPECTS.

By W. Cunningham, D.D,, Fellow

of Trinity College, Cambridge.

THE PROBLEM OF THE UNEMPLOYED. By J. A. Hobson, B.A., LIFE IN WEST LONDON. By Arthur Sherwell, M.A. Second Edition.
RAILWAY NATIONALIZATION.

WORKHOUSES AND PAUPERISM.

By Clement Edwards. By Louisa Twining.

Classical Translations
Fellow and Tutor of Brasenose College, Oxford. Eumenides. Translated by Lewis Campbell, LL. D, late Professor of Greek at St. Andrews, 55. CICERO De Oratore I. Translated by E. N. P. Moor, M.A. 3J. dd. CICERO Select Orations (Pro Milone, Pro Murena, Philippic li., In Translated by H. E. D. Blakiston, M.A., Fellow and Catilinam). Tutor of Trinity College, Oxford. 5^. CICERO De Natura Deonim, Translated by F. Brooks, M.A., late

Editedby H. F.

FOX, M. A,
,

^SCHYLUS Agamemnon, Choephoroe,

Scholar of Balliol College, Oxford.

35.

dd,

Translatedby A. Godley, M.A., Fellow of Magdalen College, Oxford. 2s. Six Dialogues (Nigrinus, Icaro-Menippus, The Cock, The Ship, The LUCI Parasite, The Lover of Falsehood). Translated by S. T, Irwin, M. A, Assistant Master at Clifton late Scholar of Exeter College, Oxford. 35. 6.Y. SOPHOCLES Electra and Ajax. Translated by E. D. A. Morshead, Winchester. 2$. 6d. M.A., Assistant Master at TACITUS Agricola and Germania. Translated by R. B. Townshend, 2J. dd. late Scholar of Trinity College, Cambridge.

HORACE: THE ODES AND EPODES.

AN

Educational Books
OLABSIGAL

PLAUTI BACCHIDES.
Critical
'

Notes by

J.

'The notes are copious, useful. Classical Review.

Edited with Introduction, Commentary, and M'COSH, M.A. Fcap. 4/0. X2S. 6d. and contain a great deal of information that is good and

PASSAGES FOR UNSEEN TRANSLATION.

;

By

E. C.

Marchant,

M.A., Fellow of Peterhouse, Cambridge; and A. M. CoOK, M.A., late Scholar of Wadham College, Oxford Assistant Masters at St. Paul's
School.

Crown

8vo.

y.

6d.
are.'

'A
'

capital selection,

and of more variety and value than such books usually

At%en(^uMz.

'A judiciously compiled book which will be found widely convenient.' ScJioolmaster. We know no book of this class better fitted for use in the higher forms of schools.'
Guardian.

TACITI AGRICOLA.
,

With By

Davis, M.A. Assistant Master at

By R. F. Introduction, Notes, Map, etc. Weymouth College. Crozvn Zvo. zs,

same Editor.
js.

TACITI GERMANIA.

the

HERODOTUS

EASY SELECTIONS.
Fcap. 8vo.
6d.

Crown 8vo. 2s. With Vocabulary.

By A. C.

LiDDELT- M.A.

38

Messrs. Methuen's List

By
is.

SELECTIONS FROM THE ODYSSEY.

Assistant Master at Eton.

E. D.

Stone, M. A.,
J.

late

Fcap. 8vo.

6d.

PLAUTUS THE CAPTIVL

:

Adapted

for

Lower Forms by
is. 6d.

H. Freese,
Edited with

M.A.,

late

Fellow of

St. John's,

Cambridge,

DEMOSTHENES AGAINST CONON AND CALLICLES.

Notes and Vocabulary, by F.
of Queen's College, Oxford.

Darwin Swift,
Fca/i. 8vo.
2s.

M.A., formerly Scholar

EXERCISES IN LATIN ACCIDENCE.

' '

By S. E. Winbolt, Assistant Master in Christ's Hospital. Crown 8vo. is. 6d. An elementary book adapted for Lower Forms to accompany the shorter Latin primer.
Skilfully arranged.'

Glasgow Herald.

Accurate and well arranged. '^ /A^w^w.

NOTES ON GREEK AND LATIN SYNTAX.

Green, M.A.,
numerous passages for exercise. Supplies a gap in educational literature.'

By

G.

Buckland

Assistant Master at Edinburgh Academy, late Fellow of Crown 8vo. 3.?. 6d. St. John's College, Oxon. Notes and explanations on the chief difficulties of Greek and Latin Syntax, with
'

Glasgow Herald.

GERMAN

A COMPANION GERMAN GRAMMAR.

M.A., Assistant Master
at

By H. de B. Gibbins, D.Litt, Nottingham High School. Crown 8vo. is. 6d. By E.

8vo.
is. 6d.

GERMAN PASSAGES FOR UNSEEN TRANSLATION.

M 'Queen

Gray.

Crown

SCIENCE

THE WORLD OF SCIENCE.

Magnetism,
Electricity,

Geology. By R. Second Edition. Crown 8vo.

Including Chemistry, Heat, Light, Sound, Botany, Zoology, Physiology, Astronomy, and Elliott Steel, M.A., F.C.S. 147 Illustrations.
2.5.

6d.

ELEMENTARY LIGHT.
Crown
8vo.
41.

By R.

E.

Steel.

With numerous

Illustrations.

6d.

ENGLISH

ENGLISH RECORDS. A
H. E,

Malden, M.A.
documents,

Companion to Crown 8vo. 3^.

the History of England.

6d.

By

A book which aims at

stitutional

concentrating information upon dates, genealogy, officials, conetc., which is usually found scattered in different volumes.
:

THE ENGLISH CITIZEN

Malden, M.A.
Crown
8vo.
is.

HIS RIGHTS

AND

DUTIES.

By H.

E.

6d.

A DIGEST OF DEDUCTIVE LOGIC.

is. 6d.

By Johnson Barker, B.A.

D.
S.

TEST CARDS IN EUCLID AND ALGEBRA. By

Headmaster of the Normal School, Edinburgh.
with Answers,
is.

Calderwood,

In three packets of 40,

of cards for advanced fupils in ekmevtary schools. 'They bear all the marks of having been prepared by a teacher of experience who knows the value of careful grading and constant repetition. Sums are specially
set

meet all likely difficulties. The papers set at the various public examinations have been largely drawn upon in preparing the cards.' Glasgow Herald.
inserted to

Messrs. Methuen's List

39

METHUEN'S COMMERCIAL SERIES

Edited by H.

DE

B.

GIBBINS,

D.Litt.,

M.A.

BRITISH COMMERCE AND COLONIES FROM ELIZABETH TO VICTORIA. By H. DE B. Gibbins, D.Litt., M.A. zs. Third Edition. COMMERCIAL EXAMINATION PAPERS. By H. de B. Gibbins,
D.Litt.,

M.A.,
ed.

I J.

ed.

THE ECONOMICS OF COMMERCE.

M.A.
I J.

By H. DE

B. Gibbins, D.Litt,,

FRENCH COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE.

Modern Language Master
Second Edition.
at

By

S.

the

Manchester

Grammar
By
S.

E. Bally, School, -is. E.

2s.

GERMAN COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE.

7.S.

B.\lly,

6d.

A FRENCH COMMERCIAL READER. By S. E. Bally. COMMERCIAL GEOGRAPHY, with special reference to

Empire. By L. Second Edition.
Edition.

the British
2j.

W. Lyde,

M.A., of the Academy, Glasgow.

A PRIMER OF BUSINESS.
Edition.
\s.

By

S.

Jackson, M.A.
F.

is.

6d.

Second Second

COMMERCIAL ARITHMETIC.
6d.

By

G.

Taylor, M.A.
By

PRECIS WRITING

AND OFFICE CORRESPONDENCE.

zs.

E. E.

Whitfield, M.A.

WORKS BY
Fcap. Svo.
IS.

A. M. M.

STEDMAN,

M.A.

INITIA LATINA: Easy Lessons on Elementary Accidence. Third Edition.

FIRST LATIN LESSONS. FIRST LATIN READER.

Primer and Vocabulary.

Fifth Edition.

Crown Svo. 2S. With Notes adapted to the Shorter Latin

revised.

Fourth Edition
is.

i8mo.

is.

6d.

EASY SELECTIONS FROM CAESAR.

Second Edition.
IS.

Part
I.

i.

The Helvetian War.

of

i8mo.

EASY SELECTIONS FROM LIVY.

6d.

Part

The Kings

Rome.

i8mo.
Fifth

EASY LATIN PASSAGES FOR UNSEEN TRANSLATION.

Edition.

Fcap. Svo.
is.

is.

6d.

EXEMPLA LATINA.
Crown
Svo.

First

Lessons

in

Latin Accedence. With Vocabulary.

EASY LATIN EXERCISES ON THE SYNTAX OF THE SHORTER AND REVISED LATIN PRIMER. With Vocabulary. Seventh and
cheaper Edition re-written. of Dr. Kennedy.
Svo.
IS.

Crown

Svo.

is.

6d.

Issued with the consent

THE LATIN COMPOUND SENTENCE

6d.

Rules and Exercises.

Crown

With Vocabulary.
:

2s.

NOTANDA QUAEDAM
and Idioms.
Subjects.

Third Edition. Fcap.

Miscellaneous Latin Exercises on Common Rules Svo. is. 6d. With Vocabulary, zs.
:

LATIN VOCABULARIES FOR REPETITION

Seventh Edition.
Fcap. Svo.
is.

Arranged according to

6d.

40
Edition,
xs.

Messrs. Methuen's List

i
1

A VOCABULARY OF LATIN IDIOMS AND PHRASES.

i8mo.

Second

STEPS TO GREEK. xZmo. xs. A SHORTER GREEK PRIMER. Crown 8vo. xs. 6d. EASY GREEK PASSAGES FOR UNSEEN TRANSLATION.
Edition Revised.
Subjects.

Third
to

Fcap. 8vo.

xs.

6d.

GREEK VOCABULARIES FOR REPETITION.

Second Edition.
Fcap. 8vo.
xs.

Arranged according

6d.

GREEK TESTAMENT SELECTIONS.

Edition.

For the use of Schools.

Third
is. bd.

With

Introduction, Notes,

and Vocabulary. Fcap.8vo.

STEPS TO FRENCH. Fourth Edition. x8mo. 8d. FIRST FRENCH LESSONS. Third Edition Revised. Crown 8vo. xs. EASY PRENCH PASSAGES FOR UNSEEN TRANSLATION. Third
Edition revised.
Vocabulary.
Subjects.

Fcap. 8vo.

xs.

6d.

EASY FRENCH EXERCISES ON ELEMENTARY SYNTAX. With

Second Edition.
Cro7vn 8vo.
xs,

2s. 6d.

Key

31. net.

FRENCH VOCABULARIES FOR REPETITION:

Sixth Edition.
Fcap. 8vo.

Arranged according

to

SCHOOL EXAMINATION SERIES

STEDMAN, M.A. Crown Zvo. 2s. 6d. FRENCH EXAMINATION PAPERS IN MISCELLANEOUS GRAMMAR AND IDIOMS. By A. M. M. Stedman, M.A. Ninth Edition. A Key, issued to Tutors and Private Students only, to be had on
Edited by A. M. M.
application to the Publishers.

Fourth Edition.

Crown

8vo.

6s. net.

LATIN EXAMINATION PAPERS IN MISCELLANEOUS GRAM-

MAR AND
Key

A. M. M. Stedman, [Third Edition) issued as above. 6^. net.

IDIOMS. By

M.A. Eighth Edition.

GREEK EXAMINATION PAPERS IN MISCELLANEOUS GRAMMAR AND IDIOMS. By A. M. M. Stedman, M.A. Fifth Edition.
Key
[Second Edition) issued as above.
6s. net.

GERMAN EXAMINATION PAPERS IN MISCELLANEOUS GRAMMAR AND IDIOMS. ByR. J. MORICH, Manchester. Fifth Editioji.
Key (^Second Edition) issued
as above.
6s. net.

HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY EXAMINATION PAPERS. By C.

Spence, M. A., Chfton College.
Second Edition.

H.

SCIENCE EXAMINATION PAPERS. By

Chief Natural Science Master, Bradford Part I. Chemistry ; Part 1 1. Physics.

Grammar

R. E. Steel, M.A. F.C.S., School. In two vols.

,

GENERAL KNOWLEDGE EXAMINATION

Stedman, M.A.
Third Edition.
'js.

PAPERS.
net.

By A. M. M.

Key

[Second Edition) issi.ed as above,

Methuen's Colonial Library

FICTI ONContinued THE GREAT DEEP. Tales of the Sea. By J. A. Barry. MI5S ARMSTRONQ'5 AND OTHER CIRCUMSTANCES.
IN
Davidson, Author of 'The Ballad of a Nun,'
etc.

By John

A GIRL OF THE PEOPLE. By L. T. Meade. OUT OP THE FASHION. By L. T. Meade. THE SPIRIT OF STORM. A Romance of the A SERIOUS COMEDY. By Herbert Morrah. THE FAITHFUL CITY. By Herbert Morrah. THE WAGES OF SIN. By Lucas Malet. THE CARISSIMA. By Lucas Malet.

Sea.

By Ronald Ross.

CAPTAIN JACOBUS. By L. Cope Cornford. Illustrated. SONS OF ADVERSITY. By L. Cope Cornford. THE SPECULATORS. By J. F. Brewer. BY STROKE OF SWORD. By Andrew Balfour. Illustrated. TO ARMS By Andrew Balfour. Illustrated. THE SIGN OP THE SPIDER. By Bertram Mitford. Illustrated. THE SQUIRE OF WANDALES. By A. Shield. A HANDFUL OF EXOTICS. By Samuel Gordon. THE SUPPLANTER. By B. P. Neumann. THE SIN OF ANGELS. By Evelyn Dickinson. A MAN WITH BLACK EYELASHES. By H. A. Kennedy. THE FALL OF THE SPARROW. By M. C. Balfour. AN ODD EXPERIMENT. By Hannah Lynch. SECRETS OF THE COURTS OF EUROPE. By Allen Upward. THE WHITE HECATOMB. By W. C. Scully.
I

BETWEEN SUN AND SAND. By W. C. Scully. A VENDETTA OF THE DESERT. By W. C. Scully. THE EVOLUTION OF A WIFE. By Elizabeth Holland. THE BUILDERS. By J. S. Fletcher. A PASSIONATE PILGRIM. By Percy White. BIJLI THE DANCER. By J. B. Patton. Illustrated. THE KING OF ALBERIA. By Laura Daintrey. THE DOCTOR OP THE JULIET. By Harry Collingwood.
THE LOWER LIFE. By F. Gribble. HER LADYSHIP'S INCOME. By Lorin Kayb. THE SINGER OP MARLY. By Hooper. Illustrated. AUT DIABOLUS AUT NIHIL. And other Stories. ByX. WILLOWBRAKE. By R. Murray Gilchrist. A WOMAN OF FORTY. By EsmJ: Stuart.
I.

L.

JOSIAH'S WIFE. By Norma Lorimer.

MISS ERIN. By M. E. Francis, Author of In a Northern Village.' THE PHILANTHROPIST. By Lucy Maynard.
'

CROSS TRAILS. By Victor Waits.

THE TOWN TRAVELLER. By George Gissing. THINGS THAT HAVE HAPPENED. By Dorothba THE JOURNALIST. By C. F. Keary. CORRAGEEN IN '98. By Mrs. Orien. AN ENEMY TO THE KING. By R. N. Stephens. THE PLUNDERPIT. By J. Keighley Snowden.
ANANIAS. By the
Hon. Mrs. Alan Brodrick.

Gbrard.
De Wolte

&

Fisk

The Arehway Bool

BOOKS NEW am 20 Franklin

OWD

BOB,

THE GREY DOG OF KENMUIR.

By Alfred Oll

BOSTON

>^

YB 2835 ^ GENERAL LITERATURE

Kipling.

VAILIMA LETTERS. By Robert Louis Stevenson. BARRACK-ROOM BALLAD5. And other Verses. By Rudyard

THE SEVEN SEAS. By Rudyard Kipling. ESSAYS AND CRITICAL REVIEWS. By C. H. Pearson, M.A, Edited, with a Biographical Slcetch, by H. A. Strong. With a Portrait. VIEWS AND OPINIONS. By Ouida. _ ,. ^ ^. Cavendish). ENGLISH SEAMEN (Howard, Clifford, Hawkins, Drake, By Robert Southey. Edited, with an Introduction, by David Hannav. BATTLES OF ENGLISH HISTORY. By H. B. George, M.A., Fellow of New College, Oxford. With numerous Plans. SOUTH AFRICA. By W. Basil Worsfold, M.A. With a Map. THE GOLDEN POMP. A Procession of English Lyrics from Surrey
. , .

..

and THE LIVES OF DONNE, WOOTON, HOOKER, HERBERT, V. Blackburn.

to Shirley. Arranged by Q (A. T. Quiller-Couch). ENGLISH LYRICS. Selected and Edited by W. E. Henley. SANDERSON. By Izaak Walton. With Introduc''y by BRAND. A Drama by Henrik Ibsen. Translated by Vy/' vm Wilson. By W. Clark THE LIFE OF ADMIRAL LORD COLLINGW/ y^
'
'

OLD COUNTRY LIFE. By S. Baring Gould X A BOOK OF FAIRY TALES. Retold >X numerous Illustrations and Initial Letters >/ OLD ENGLISH FAIRY TALES. Coi;X Gould. With numerous Illustrations b*STRANGE SURVIVALS AND SUPE*" HISTORIC ODDITIES AND STRAN AN OLD ENGLISH HOME. f"
Plans and Illustrations.

Russell.

With

Illustrations

by F. Brangwyn.

3 Gould.
askin.

With

d by S.
^.
5.

Baring

Baring Gould. Baring Gould. With numerous

Edited, with an

THE PILGRIM'S PROGRE/'

Introduction,

by

H.

Illustrations

by R.

Anning Bell.

THE BENIN MASSACR''

WITH THE GREEKS Plans and 24 Illup' A FRONTIER CAA' Eliott-Locv THE NIGER S' LIFE AND P' THE Qf ^'
BRIT'

Vf^Q^Oft '^^^OOiJ
is.

^^

^/ \ A ^ ^^

">>.

/-^

a Portrait and Map. With .naird Rose.

.castle,

V.C, and

Lieut.

.^

With Map and Illustrations. By Michael Davitt, M.P. *. Hutchinson. H. H. Johnston, K.C.B. With

FP
,r

F.DiN.

Henri of Orleans. Translated by 100 Illustrations and a Map. With 250 Illustrations by the Author
iNCE

o Maps.

By

Two Volumes. E. A. Fitzgerald.

With 40

Illustrations

NORTHWARD OVfiR THE 'GREAT ICE.' By Robert E. Peary. Maps, Diagrams, and about 800 Illustrations. In Two Volumes. TWENTY YEARS IN THE NEAR EAST. By A. Hulme-Beaman.
trated.

With
Illus-

CHITRAL The
:

Story of a Minor Siege.

By

Sir G. S.

Robertson, K.CS.L

THE DOWNFALL OF PREMPEH. A Diary of the Ashanti Campaign. By Colonel R. S. S. Baden Powell. Illustrated. THE MATABELE CAMPAIGN, 1896. By Colonel R. S. S. Baden Poweix. With nearly 100 Illustrations, Maps, etc. WITH THE MOUNTED INFANTRY AND MASHONALAND FIELD FORCE, 1896. By Lieut. -Colonel Alderson. With numerous Illustrations. CAMPAIGNING ON THE UPPER NILE AND NIGER. By Lieut. S.
THE HILL OF THE GRACES; or, The Great Stone Temple of TripolL By H. S. Cowper, F.S.A. With Maps, Plans, and 75 Illustrations. NAVAL POLICY. With a Description of British and Foreign Navies. By G. W. Steevens. (This book contains an account of our Colonial defences.) A HISTORY OF BRITISH COLONIAL POLICY. By H. E. Egerton. THE FALL OF THE CONGO ARABS. By Sidney L. Hinde. With Portraits and Plans. THREE YEARS IN SAVAGE AFRICA. By Lionel Decle. Illustrated. EXPLORATION AND HUNTING IN CENTRAL AFRICA. By Major A. St. H. Gibbons, F.R.G.S. With Illustrations and Maps. A SHORT HISTORY OF THE ROYAL NAVY. By David Hannay. THE STORY OF THE BRITISH ARMY. By Lieut.-Colonel Cooper King, of the Staff College, Camberley. Illustrated. THE POEMS AND SONGS OF ROBERT BURNS. Edited by Andrew
Lang.
With
Portrait.

Illustrated.

Vandeleur, D.S.O. With Introduction by With Maps and Illustrations.

Sir

George Goldie, K.C.M.G.

Gilt top.

^*#j^>S
\

\ \ >!>:>v>>:>:>:>:>::!r5r>c>:>NrN:>,